WO2011056502A1 - Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type ii compositions and methods of use - Google Patents

Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type ii compositions and methods of use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011056502A1
WO2011056502A1 PCT/US2010/053933 US2010053933W WO2011056502A1 WO 2011056502 A1 WO2011056502 A1 WO 2011056502A1 US 2010053933 W US2010053933 W US 2010053933W WO 2011056502 A1 WO2011056502 A1 WO 2011056502A1
Authority
WO
Grant status
Application
Patent type
Prior art keywords
antibody
bmpr2
cells
antibodies
human
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/053933
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Minhong Yan
Kyle Niessen
Original Assignee
Genentech, Inc.
F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL, OR TOILET PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/177Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • A61K38/179Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants for growth factors; for growth regulators
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto

Abstract

Disclosed herein are methods and compositions for treating disorders associated with angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis using BMPR2 antagonists.

Description

BONE MORPHOGENETIC PROTEIN RECEPTOR TYPE II

COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE

[0001] RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0002] The present application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent

Application No. 61/254,995, filed October 26, 2009, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

[0003] FIELD OF THE INVENTION

[0004] The present invention concerns methods and compositions relating to the use of bone morphogenetic protein receptor type II (BMPR2) antagonists for the treatment of disorders associated with angiogenesis and/or lymphangiogenesis.

[0005] BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

[0006] Development of a vascular supply is a fundamental requirement for many physiological and pathological processes. Actively growing tissues such as embryos and tumors require adequate blood supply. They satisfy this need by producing pro-angiogenic factors, which promote new blood vessel formation via a process called angiogenesis.

Vascular tube formation is a complex but orderly biological event involving all or many of the following steps: a) Endothelial cells (ECs) proliferate from existing ECs or differentiate from progenitor cells; b) ECs migrate and coalesce to form cord-like structures; c) vascular cords then undergo tubulogenesis to form vessels with a central lumen; d) existing cords or vessels send out sprouts to form secondary vessels; e) primitive vascular plexus undergo further remodeling and reshaping; and f) peri-endothelial cells are recruited to encase the endothelial tubes, providing maintenance and modulatory functions to the vessels; such cells including pericytes for small capillaries, smooth muscle cells for larger vessels, and myocardial cells in the heart. Hanahan, D. Science 277:48-50 (1997); Hogan, B. L. & Kolodziej, P. A. Nature Reviews Genetics. 3:513-23 (2002); Lubarsky, B. & Krasnow, M. A. Cell 112: 19-28 (2003).

[0007] It is now well established that angiogenesis is implicated in the pathogenesis of a variety of disorders. These include solid tumors and metastasis, atherosclerosis, retrolental fibroplasia, hemangiomas, chronic inflammation, intraocular neovascular diseases such as proliferative retinopathies, e.g., diabetic retinopathy, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), neovascular glaucoma, immune rejection of transplanted corneal tissue and other tissues, rheumatoid arthritis, and psoriasis. Folkman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 267: 10931-10934 (1992); Klagsbrun et al, Annu. Rev. Physiol. 53:217-239 (1991); and Garner A., "Vascular diseases", In: Pathobiology of Ocular Disease. A Dynamic Approach, Garner A., Klintworth GK, eds., 2nd Edition (Marcel Dekker, NY, 1994), pp 1625-1710.

[0008] In the case of tumor growth, angiogenesis appears to be crucial for the transition from hyperplasia to neoplasia, and for providing nourishment for the growth and metastasis of the tumor. Folkman et al., Nature 339:58 (1989). The neovascularization allows the tumor cells to acquire a growth advantage and proliferative autonomy compared to the normal cells. A tumor usually begins as a single aberrant cell which can proliferate only to a size of a few cubic millimeters due to the distance from available capillary beds, and it can stay 'dormant' without further growth and dissemination for a long period of time. Some tumor cells then switch to the angiogenic phenotype to activate endothelial cells, which proliferate and mature into new capillary blood vessels. These newly formed blood vessels not only allow for continued growth of the primary tumor, but also for the dissemination and recolonization of metastatic tumor cells. Accordingly, a correlation has been observed between density of microvessels in tumor sections and patient survival in breast cancer as well as in several other tumors. Weidner et al., N. Engl. J. Med 324: 1-6 (1991); Horak et al., Lancet 340: 1120-1124 (1992); Macchiarini et al, Lancet 340: 145-146 (1992). The precise mechanisms that control the angiogenic switch is not well understood, but it is believed that neovascularization of tumor mass results from the net balance of a multitude of angiogenesis stimulators and inhibitors (Folkman Nat Med 1(1):27-31 (1995)).

[0009] It is currently accepted that metastases are responsible for the vast majority, estimated at 90%, of deaths from solid tumors (Gupta and Massague, Cell 127, 679-695 (2006)). The complex process of metastasis involves a series of distinct steps including detachment of tumor cells from the primary tumor, intravasation of tumor cells into lymphatic or blood vessels, and extravasation and growth of tumor cells in secondary sites. Analysis of regional lymph nodes in many tumor types suggests that the lymphatic vasculature is an important route for the dissemination of human cancers. Furthermore, in almost all carcinomas, the presence of tumor cells in lymph nodes is the most important adverse prognostic factor. While it was previously thought that such metastases exclusively involved passage of malignant cells along pre-existing lymphatic vessels near tumors, recent experimental studies and clinicopathological reports (reviewed in Achen et al., Br J Cancer 94 (2006), 1355-1360 and Nathanson, Cancer 98,413-423 (2003)) suggest that

lymphangiogenesis can be induced by solid tumors and can promote tumor spread. These and other recent studies suggest targeting lymphatics and lymphangiogenesis may be a useful therapeutic strategy to restrict the development of cancer metastasis, which would have a significant benefit for many patients.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

[0010] The present invention is based in part on the discovery that agents that modulate the BMPR2 pathway are capable of impairing both angiogenesis and

lymphangiogenesis. Treatment with a BMPR2 antagonist resulted in effects on vascular and lymphatic developemnt. Accordingly, the invention provides methods, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture for inhibiting angiogenesis and/or lymphangiogenesis and for use in targeting pathological conditions associated with angiogenesis and/or lymphangiogenesis.

[0011] In one aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis comprising administering to a subject in need of inhibition of

angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the angiogenesis or lymphangiogensis is inhibited. In some embodiments the subject suffers from, e.g., a tumor, cancer, cell proliferative disorder, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy or psoriasis. In some

embodiments the tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder is carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, or leukemia.

[0012] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating a pathological condition associated with angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the pathological condition associated with angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis is treated. The pathological condition associated with angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis may be, e.g., a tumor, cancer, cell proliferative disorder, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy or psoriasis. In some embodiments the tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder is carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, or leukemia.

[0013] The invention also provides use of a BMPR2 antagonist in the preparation of a medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a disorder, such as a pathological condition associated with angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis. Such conditions include, for example, a tumor, cancer, cell proliferative disorder, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy or psoriasis. Also provided is the use of a BMPR2 antagonist in the preparation of a medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of tumor metastasis.

[0014] In a further aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting tumoral angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the tumoral angiogenesis or

lymphangiogensis is inhibited. Also provided is a method of inhibiting or preventing tumor metastasis in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the tumor metastasis is inhibited or prevented. In some embodiments the subject has developed or is at risk for developing tumor metastasis. The tumor metastasis may be, for example, in the lymphatic system or in a distant organ.

[0015] In yet another aspect, the invention provides a method of inhibiting tumor growth in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the tumor growth is inhibited. The invention also provides a method of treating a tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder is treated. In some embodiments, the tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder is, e.g., carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, or leukemia.

[0016] In some embodiments, the methods of the invention further comprise administering to the subject an effective amount of an anti-angiogenesis agent. In some embodiments the anti-angiogenesis agent is an antagonist of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), for example, an anti-VEGF antibody. In some embodiments the anti-VEGF antibody is bevacizumab. In some embodiments, the methods of the invention further comprise administering one or more chemotherapeutic agents.

[0017] The invention also provides a method of enhancing efficacy of an anti- angiogenesis agent in a subject having a pathological condition associated with angiogenesis, comprising adminsintering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist in combination with the anti-angiogenesis agent, thereby enhancing said anti-angiogenesis agent's inhibitory activity. In some embodiments the pathological condition associated with angiogenesis is a tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder.

[0018] In some embodiments the BMPR2 antagonist is a BMPR2 immunoadhesin. In some embodiments the BMPR2 immunoadhesin comprises amino acid residues 1-148 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In other embodiments the BMPR2 antagonist is an anti-BMPR2 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.

[0019] Also provided are BMPR2 antagonists for use in the prevention, inhibition or treatment of tumor metastasis or treatment of tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder. The BMPR2 antagonist may be, for example, a BMPR2 immunoadhesin or an anti-BMPR2 antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof. The invention also provides a composition for use in treating a tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder comprising an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments the BMPR2 antagonist is a BMPR2 immunoadhesin. In some embodiments the BMPR2 antagonist is an anti-BMPR2 antibody.

[0020] In one aspect the invention provides an article of manufacture comprising a container and a composition contained within the container, wherein the composition comprises a BMPR2 antagonist. In another aspect the invention provides a kit comprising a BMPR2 antagonist and instructions for using the BMPR2 antagonist. Also provided is a method for preparing a composition comprising admixing a therapeutically effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0021] Figure 1 is a graph showing that BMPR2.Fc inhibits BMP9 and BMP 10 induced Smad6 expression in HUVEC as assessed by qRT-PCR analysis. Results were normalized to GAPDH and then to the untreated sample. Red squares represent each data point (n=3).

[0022] Figure 2 shows confocal images from tail dermis (top row) and retinas (bottom row) from mice that were untreated or treated BMPR2.Fc (lOmg/kg at PI and P3).

Lymphatic development was visualized by LYVE1 (green) staining in the tail dermis.

Vascular development was visualized by isolectin-B4 (green) and SMA (red) staining of the retina. Scale bar represents 250 μιη.

[0023] Figure 3 show images from a bead assay coated with human dermal lymphatic endothelial cells untreated or treated with BMPR2.Fc, allowed to sprout for 3 days, and stained with phalliodin (green) and DAPI (blue). Scale bar represents 250 μηι.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0024] The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), microbiology, cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature, such as, "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", second edition (Sambrook et al, 1989); "Oligonucleotide Synthesis" (M. J. Gait, ed., 1984); "Animal Cell Culture" (R. I. Freshney, ed., 1987); "Methods in Enzymology" (Academic Press, Inc.); "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology" (F. M. Ausubel et al., eds., 1987, and periodic updates); "PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", (Mullis et al, eds., 1994).

[0025] Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Singleton et al., Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology 2nd ed., J. Wiley & Sons (New York, N.Y. 1994), and March, Advanced Organic Chemistry Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons (New York, N.Y. 1992), provide one skilled in the art with a general guide to many of the terms used in the present application.

[0026] All references cited herein, including patent applications and publications, are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0027] Definitions

[0028] The term "BMPR2" (interchangeably termed "bone morphogenetic receptor type Π"), as used herein, refers, unless specifically or contextually indicated otherwise, to any native or variant (whether native or synthetic) BMPR2 polypeptide. The term "native sequence" specifically encompasses naturally occurring truncated or secreted forms (e.g., an extracellular domain sequence), naturally occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants. The term "wild type BMPR2" generally refers to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring BMPR2 protein. The term "wild type BMPR2 sequence" generally refers to an amino acid sequence found in a naturally occurring BMPR2.

[0029] A "chimeric BMPR2" molecule is a polypeptide comprising full-length BMPR2 or one or more domains thereof fused or bonded to heterologous polypeptide. The chimeric BMPR2 molecule will generally share at least one biological property in common with naturally occurring BMPR2. An example of a chimeric BMPR2 molecule is one that is epitope tagged for purification purposes. Another chimeric BMPR2 molecule is a BMPR2 immunoadhesin.

[0030] As used herein, the term "immunoadhesin" designates antibody-like molecules which combine the binding specificity of a heterologous protein (an "adhesin") with the effector functions of immunoglobulin constant domains. Structurally, the immunoadhesins comprise a fusion of an amino acid sequence with the desired binding specificity which is other than the antigen recognition and binding site of an antibody (i.e., is "heterologous"), and an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence. The adhesin part of an immunoadhesin molecule typically is a contiguous amino acid sequence comprising at least the binding site of a receptor or a ligand. The immunoglobulin constant domain sequence in the immunoadhesin may be obtained from any immunoglobulin, such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, or IgG-4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA-1 and IgA-2), IgE, IgD or IgM.

[0031] The term "BMPR2 immunoadhesin" is used interchangeably with the term

"BMPR2 -immunoglobulin chimera", and refers to a chimeric molecule that combines at least a portion of a BMPR2 molecule (native or variant) with an immunoglobulin sequence. In some instances the BMPR2 immunoadhesin comprises the extracellular domain (ECD) of BMPR2 or a portion thereof sufficient to bind to BMPR2 ligand. The immunoglobulin sequence preferably, but not necessarily, is an immunoglobulin constant domain (Fc region). Immunoadhesins can possess many of the valuable chemical and biological properties of human antibodies. Since immunoadhesins can be constructed from a human protein sequence with a desired specificity linked to an appropriate human immunoglobulin hinge and constant domain (Fc) sequence, the binding specificity of interest can be achieved using entirely human components. Such immunoadhesins are minimally immunogenic to the patient, and are safe for chronic or repeated use. In some embodiments, the Fc region is a native sequence Fc region. In some embodiments, the Fc region is a variant Fc region. In some embodiments, the Fc region is a functional Fc region. The BMPR2 portion and the immunoglobulin sequence portion of the BMPR2 immunoadhesin may be linked by a minimal linker.

[0032] Examples of homomultimeric immunoadhesins which have been described for therapeutic use include the CD4-IgG immunoadhesin for blocking the binding of HIV to cell- surface CD4. Data obtained from Phase I clinical trials, in which CD4-IgG was administered to pregnant women just before delivery, suggests that this immunoadhesin may be useful in the prevention of maternal-fetal transfer of HIV (Ashkenazi et al., Intern. Rev. Immunol. 10:219-227 (1993)). An immunoadhesin which binds tumor necrosis factor (TNF) has also been developed. TNF is a proinflammatory cytokine which has been shown to be a major mediator of septic shock. Based on a mouse model of septic shock, a TNF receptor immunoadhesin has shown promise as a candidate for clinical use in treating septic shock (Ashkenazi, A. et al. PNAS USA 88: 10535-10539 (1991)). ENBREL® (etanercept), an immunoadhesin comprising a TNF receptor sequence fused to an IgG Fc region, was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), on November 2, 1998, for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. The new expanded use of ENBREL® in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis was approved by FDA on June 6, 2000. For recent information on TNF blockers, including ENBREL®, see Lovell et al, N. Engl. J. Med. 342:763-169 (2000), and accompanying editorial on p810-811; and Weinblatt et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 340:253-259 (1999); reviewed in Maini and Taylor, Annu. Rev. Med. 51 :207-229 (2000).

[0033] If the two arms of the immunoadhesin structure have different specificities, the immunoadhesin is called a "bispecific immunoadhesin" by analogy to bispecific antibodies. Dietsch et al., J. Immunol. Methods 162: 123 (1993) describe such a bispecific

immunoadhesin combining the extracellular domains of the adhesion molecules, E-selectin and P-selectin, each of which selectins is expressed in a different cell type in nature. Binding studies indicated that the bispecific immunoglobulin fusion protein so formed had an enhanced ability to bind to a myeloid cell line compared to the monospecific

immunoadhesins from which it was derived.

[0034] The term "heteroadhesin" is used interchangeably with the expression

"chimeric heteromultimer adhesin" and refers to a complex of chimeric molecules (amino acid sequences) in which each chimeric molecule combines a biologically active portion, such as the extracellular domain of each of the heteromultimeric receptor monomers, with a multimerization domain. The "multimerization domain" promotes stable interaction of the chimeric molecules within the heteromultimer complex. The multimerization domains may interact via an immunoglobulin sequence, leucine zipper, a hydrophobic region, a hydrophilic region, or a free thiol that forms an intermolecular disulfide bond between the chimeric molecules of the chimeric heteromultimer. The multimerization domain may comprise an immunoglobulin constant region. In addition a multimerization region may be engineered such that steric interactions not only promote stable interaction, but further promote the formation of heterodimers over homodimers from a mixture of monomers. "Protuberances" are constructed by replacing small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first polypeptide with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan). Compensatory "cavities" of identical or similar size to the protuberances are optionally created on the interface of the second polypeptide by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g. alanine or threonine). The immunoglobulin sequence preferably, but not necessarily, is an immunoglobulin constant domain. The immunoglobulin moiety in the chimeras of the present invention may be obtained from IgGi, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 subtypes, IgA, IgE, IgD or IgM, but preferably IgGi or IgG3.

[0035] The term "Fc region" herein is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, including native sequence Fc regions and variant Fc regions. Although the boundaries of the Fc region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain might vary, the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus thereof. The C- terminal lysine (residue 447 according to the EU numbering system) of the Fc region may be removed, for example, during production or purification of the antibody, or by recombinantly engineering the nucleic acid encoding a heavy chain of the antibody. Accordingly, a composition of intact antibodies may comprise antibody populations with all K447 residues removed, antibody populations with no K447 residues removed, and antibody populations having a mixture of antibodies with and without the K447 residue.

[0036] Unless indicated otherwise, herein the numbering of the residues in an immunoglobulin heavy chain is that of the EU index as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD (1991), expressly incorporated herein by reference. The "EU index as in Kabat" refers to the residue numbering of the human IgGi EU antibody.

[0037] A "functional Fc region" possesses an "effector function" of a native sequence

Fc region. Exemplary "effector functions" include Clq binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor; BCR), etc. Such effector functions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g. an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays as herein disclosed, for example.

[0038] A "native sequence Fc region" comprises an amino acid sequence identical to the amino acid sequence of an Fc region found in nature. Native sequence human Fc regions include a native sequence human IgGl Fc region (non-A and A allotypes); native sequence human IgG2 Fc region; native sequence human IgG3 Fc region; and native sequence human IgG4 Fc region as well as naturally occurring variants thereof.

[0039] A "variant Fc region" comprises an amino acid sequence which differs from that of a native sequence Fc region by virtue of at least one amino acid modification, preferably one or more amino acid substitution(s). Preferably, the variant Fc region has at least one amino acid substitution compared to a native sequence Fc region or to the Fc region of a parent polypeptide, e.g. from about one to about ten amino acid substitutions, and preferably from about one to about five amino acid substitutions in a native sequence Fc region or in the Fc region of the parent polypeptide. The variant Fc region herein will preferably possess at least about 80% homology with a native sequence Fc region and/or with an Fc region of a parent polypeptide, and most preferably at least about 90% homology therewith, more preferably at least about 95% homology therewith.

[0040] An "isolated" antibody is one which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or

nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the antibody will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.

[0041] The terms "antibody" and "immunoglobulin" are used interchangeably in the broadest sense and include monoclonal antibodies (for e.g., full length or intact monoclonal antibodies), polyclonal antibodies, multivalent antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity) and may also include certain antibody fragments (as described in greater detail herein). An antibody can be human, humanized and/or affinity matured.

[0042] The term "variable" refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. It is concentrated in three segments called complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light-chain and the heavy-chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework (FR). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a β-sheet

configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the β-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, MD (1991)). The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.

[0043] Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called "Fab" fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual "Fc" fragment, whose name reflects its ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab')2 fragment that has two antigen-combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.

[0044] "Fv" is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen- recognition and -binding site. In a two-chain Fv species, this region consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light-chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. In a single-chain Fv species, one heavy- and one light-chain variable domain can be covalently linked by a flexible peptide linker such that the light and heavy chains can associate in a "dimeric" structure analogous to that in a two-chain Fv species. It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the VH-VL dimer. Collectively, the six CDRs confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.

[0045] The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CHI) of the heavy chain. Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CHI domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab')2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.

[0046] The "light chains" of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (κ) and lambda (λ), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.

[0047] Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgAl, and IgA2. The heavy-chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.

[0048] "Antibody fragments" comprise only a portion of an intact antibody, wherein the portion preferably retains at least one, preferably most or all, of the functions normally associated with that portion when present in an intact antibody. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; single- chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments. In one embodiment, an antibody fragment comprises an antigen binding site of the intact antibody and thus retains the ability to bind antigen. In another embodiment, an antibody fragment, for example one that comprises the Fc region, retains at least one of the biological functions normally associated with the Fc region when present in an intact antibody, such as FcRn binding, antibody half life modulation, ADCC function and complement binding. In one embodiment, an antibody fragment is a monovalent antibody that has an in vivo half life substantially similar to an intact antibody. For e.g., such an antibody fragment may comprise on antigen binding arm linked to an Fc sequence capable of conferring in vivo stability to the fragment.

[0049] The term "hypervariable region", "HVR", or "HV", when used herein refers to the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops. Generally, antibodies comprise six hypervariable regions; three in the VH (HI, H2, H3), and three in the VL (LI, L2, L3). A number of hypervariable region delineations are in use and are encompassed herein. The Kabat Complementarity

Determining Regions (CDRs) are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. (1991)). Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)). The AbM hypervariable regions represent a compromise between the Kabat CDRs and Chothia structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software. The "contact" hypervariable regions are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of these hypervariable regions are noted below.

Loop Kabat AbM Chothia Contact

LI L24-L34 L24-L34 L26-L32 L30-L36

L2 L50-L56 L50-L56 L50-L52 L46-L55

L3 L89-L97 L89-L97 L91-L96 L89-L96

HI H31-H35B H26-H35B H26-H32 H30-H35B

(Kabat Numbering)

HI H31-H35 H26-H35 H26-H32 H30-H35

(Chothia Numbering)

H2 H50-H65 H50-H58 H53-H55 H47-H58

H3 H95-H102 H95-H102 H96-H101 H93-H101

[0050] Hypervariable regions may comprise "extended hypervariable regions" as follows: 24-36 or 24-34 (LI), 46-56 or 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) in the VL and 26-35 (HI), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2) and 93-102, 94-102 or 95-102 (H3) in the VH. The variable domain residues are numbered according to Kabat et al, supra for each of these definitions.

[0051] "Framework" or "FR" residues are those variable domain residues other than the hypervariable region residues as herein defined.

[0052] The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope(s), except for possible variants that may arise during production of the monoclonal antibody, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. Such monoclonal antibody typically includes an antibody comprising a polypeptide sequence that binds a target, wherein the target-binding polypeptide sequence was obtained by a process that includes the selection of a single target binding polypeptide sequence from a plurality of polypeptide sequences. For example, the selection process can be the selection of a unique clone from a plurality of clones, such as a pool of hybridoma clones, phage clones or recombinant DNA clones. It should be understood that the selected target binding sequence can be further altered, for example, to improve affinity for the target, to humanize the target binding sequence, to improve its production in cell culture, to reduce its immunogenicity in vivo, to create a multispecific antibody, etc., and that an antibody comprising the altered target binding sequence is also a monoclonal antibody of this invention. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibody preparations are advantageous in that they are typically uncontaminated by other immunoglobulins. The modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including, for example, the hybridoma method (e.g., Kohler et al, Nature, 256:495 (1975); Harlow et al, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling et al, in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681, (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981)), recombinant DNA methods (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567), phage display technologies (see, e.g., Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991); Marks et al, J. Mol. Biol, 222:581- 597 (1991); Sidhu et al, J. Mol. Biol. 338(2):299-310 (2004); Lee et al, J.Mol.Biol.340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467- 12472 (2004); and Lee et al. J. Immunol. Methods 284(1-2): 119-132 (2004), and

technologies for producing human or human-like antibodies in animals that have parts or all of the human immunoglobulin loci or genes encoding human immunoglobulin sequences (see, e.g., WO 1998/24893; WO 1996/34096; WO 1996/33735; WO 1991/10741; Jakobovits et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362:255-258 (1993); Bruggemann et al, Year in Immuno., 7:33 (1993); U.S. Patent Nos. 5,545,806;

5,569,825; 5,591,669 (all of GenPharm); 5,545,807; WO 1997/17852; U.S. Patent Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; and 5,661,016; Marks et al, Bio/Technology, 10: 779-783 (1992); Lonberg et al, Nature, 368: 856-859 (1994); Morrison, Nature, 368: 812-813 (1994); Fishwild et al, Nature Biotechnology, 14: 845-851 (1996); Neuberger, Nature Biotechnology, 14: 826 (1996); and Lonberg and Huszar, Intern. Rev. Immunol, 13: 65-93 (1995).

[0053] "Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. For the most part, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a hypervariable region of the recipient are replaced by residues from a hypervariable region of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances, framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by

corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non- human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FRs are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human

immunoglobulin. For further details, see Jones et al, Nature 321 :522-525 (1986);

Riechmann et al, Nature 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992). See also the following review articles and references cited therein: Vaswani and Hamilton, Ann. Allergy, Asthma & Immunol. 1 : 105-115 (1998); Harris, Biochem. Soc. Transactions 23: 1035-1038 (1995); Hurle and Gross, Curr. Op. Biotech. 5:428-433 (1994).

[0054] "Chimeric" antibodies (immunoglobulins) have a portion of the heavy and/or light chain identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 :6851-6855 (1984)). Humanized antibody as used herein is a subset of chimeric antibodies.

[0055] "Single-chain Fv" or "scFv" antibody fragments comprise the VH and VL domains of antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain.

Generally, the scFv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of scFv see Pluckthun, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., Springer- Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).

[0056] An "antigen" is a predetermined antigen to which an antibody can selectively bind. The target antigen may be polypeptide, carbohydrate, nucleic acid, lipid, hapten or other naturally occurring or synthetic compound. Preferably, the target antigen is a polypeptide.

[0057] The term "diabodies" refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen- binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH - VL). By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites. Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993).

[0058] A "human antibody" is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.

[0059] An "affinity matured" antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody which does not possess those alteration(s). Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen. Affinity matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. Marks et al. Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues is described by: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91 :3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al. Gene 169: 147-155 (1995); Yelton et al. J. Immunol. 155: 1994-2004 (1995); Jackson et al., J. Immunol. 154(7):3310-9 (1995); and Hawkins et al, J. Mol. Biol. 226:889-896 (1992).

[0060] Antibody "effector functions" refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region (a native sequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody, and vary with the antibody isotype. Examples of antibody effector functions include: Clq binding and complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody- dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor); and B cell activation.

[0061] Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity" or "ADCC" refers to a form of cytotoxicity in which secreted Ig bound onto Fc receptors (FcRs) present on certain cytotoxic cells (e.g. Natural Killer (NK) cells, neutrophils, and macrophages) enable these cytotoxic effector cells to bind specifically to an antigen-bearing target cell and subsequently kill the target cell with cytotoxins. The antibodies "arm" the cytotoxic cells and are absolutely required for such killing. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express FcyRIII only, whereas monocytes express FcyRI, FcyRII and FcyRIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol 9:457-92 (1991). To assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest, an in vitro ADCC assay, such as that described in US Patent No. 5,500,362 or 5,821,337 or Presta U.S. Patent No. 6,737,056 may be performed. Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. PNAS (USA) 95:652-656 (1998).

[0062] "Human effector cells" are leukocytes which express one or more FcRs and perform effector functions. Preferably, the cells express at least FcyRIII and perform ADCC effector function. Examples of human leukocytes which mediate ADCC include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes, cytotoxic T cells and neutrophils; with PBMCs and NK cells being preferred. The effector cells may be isolated from a native source, e.g. from blood.

[0063] "Fc receptor" or "FcR" describes a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody. The preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR. Moreover, a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcyRI, FcyRII, and FcyRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors. FcyRII receptors include FcyRIIA (an "activating receptor") and FcyRIIB (an "inhibiting receptor"), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof. Activating receptor FcyRIIA contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (IT AM) in its cytoplasmic domain. Inhibiting receptor FcyRIIB contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) in its cytoplasmic domain, (see review M. in Daeron, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15:203-234 (1997)). FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol 9:457-92 (1991); Capel et al., Immunomethods 4:25-34 (1994); and de Haas et al, J. Lab. Clin. Med. 126:330-41 (1995). Other FcRs, including those to be identified in the future, are encompassed by the term "FcR" herein. The term also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117:587 (1976) and Kim et al., J. Immunol. 24:249 (1994)) and regulates homeostasis of immunoglobulins.

[0064] WO00/42072 (Presta) describes antibody variants with improved or diminished binding to FcRs. The content of that patent publication is specifically

incorporated herein by reference. See, also, Shields et al. J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).

[0065] Methods of measuring binding to FcRn are known (see, e.g., Ghetie 1997,

Hinton 2004). Binding to human FcRn in vivo and serum half life of human FcRn high affinity binding polypeptides can be assayed, e.g., in transgenic mice or transfected human cell lines expressing human FcRn, or in primates administered with the Fc variant polypeptides.

[0066] "Complement dependent cytotoxicity" or "CDC" refers to the lysis of a target cell in the presence of complement. Activation of the classical complement pathway is initiated by the binding of the first component of the complement system (Clq) to antibodies (of the appropriate subclass) which are bound to their cognate antigen. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay, e.g. as described in Gazzano-Santoro et al., J.

Immunol. Methods 202: 163 (1996), may be performed.

[0067] Polypeptide variants with altered Fc region amino acid sequences and increased or decreased Clq binding capability are described in US patent No. 6,194,551B1 and W099/51642. The contents of those patent publications are specifically incorporated herein by reference. See, also, Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000).

[0068] The term "Fc region-comprising polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide, such as an antibody or immunoadhesin, which comprises an Fc region. The C-terminal lysine (residue 447 according to the EU numbering system) of the Fc region may be removed, for example, during purification of the polypeptide or by recombinant engineering the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide. Accordingly, a composition comprising a polypeptide having an Fc region according to this invention can comprise polypeptides with K447, with all K447 removed, or a mixture of polypeptides with and without the K447 residue.

[0069] A "blocking" antibody or an "antagonist" antibody is one which inhibits or reduces biological activity of the antigen it binds. Preferred blocking antibodies or antagonist antibodies substantially or completely inhibit the biological activity of the antigen.

[0070] "Chronic" administration refers to administration of the agent(s) in a continuous mode as opposed to an acute mode, so as to maintain the initial therapeutic effect (activity) for an extended period of time. "Intermittent" administration is treatment that is not consecutively done without interruption, but rather is cyclic in nature.

[0071] A "disorder" or "disease" is any condition that would benefit from treatment with a substance/molecule or method of the invention. This includes chronic and acute disorders or diseases including those pathological conditions which predispose the mammal to the disorder in question. Non-limiting examples of disorders to be treated herein include malignant and benign tumors, carcinoma, blastoma, and sarcoma. Conditions associated with abnormal or excessive lymphangiogenesis include, without limitation, tumors, cancer, cell proliferative disorders, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy and psoriasis.

[0072] The terms "cell proliferative disorder" and "proliferative disorder" refer to disorders that are associated with some degree of abnormal cell proliferation. In one embodiment, the cell proliferative disorder is cancer. [0073] "Tumor", as used herein, refers to all neoplastic cell growth and proliferation, whether malignant or benign, and all pre-cancerous and cancerous cells and tissues. The terms "cancer", "cancerous", "cell proliferative disorder", "proliferative disorder" and "tumor" are not mutually exclusive as referred to herein.

[0074] The terms "cancer" and "cancerous" refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth/proliferation. Examples of cancer include but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer, small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, gastric cancer, melanoma, and various types of head and neck cancer. Dysregulation of angiogenesis can lead to many disorders that can be treated by compositions and methods of the invention. These disorders include both nonneoplastic and neoplastic conditions. Neoplastic disorders include but are not limited those described above.

[0075] Non-neoplastic disorders include but are not limited to undesired or aberrant hypertrophy, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoriasis, psoriatic plaques, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis, atherosclerotic plaques, diabetic and other proliferative retinopathies including retinopathy of prematurity, retrolental fibroplasia, neovascular glaucoma, age- related macular degeneration, diabetic macular edema, corneal neovascularization, corneal graft neovascularization, corneal graft rejection, retinal/choroidal neovascularization, neovascularization of the angle (rubeosis), ocular neovascular disease, vascular restenosis, arteriovenous malformations (AVM), meningioma, hemangioma, angiofibroma, thyroid hyperplasias (including Grave's disease), corneal and other tissue transplantation, chronic inflammation, lung inflammation, acute lung injury/ ARDS, sepsis, primary pulmonary hypertension, malignant pulmonary effusions, cerebral edema (e.g., associated with acute stroke/ closed head injury/ trauma), synovial inflammation, pannus formation in RA, myositis ossificans, hypertropic bone formation, osteoarthritis (OA), refractory ascites, polycystic ovarian disease, endometriosis, 3rd spacing of fluid diseases (pancreatitis, compartment syndrome, burns, bowel disease), uterine fibroids, premature labor, chronic inflammation such as IBD (Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), renal allograft rejection, inflammatory bowel disease, nephrotic syndrome, undesired or aberrant tissue mass growth (non-cancer), hemophilic joints, hypertrophic scars, inhibition of hair growth, Osier- Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma retrolental fibroplasias, scleroderma, trachoma, vascular adhesions, synovitis, dermatitis, preeclampsia, ascites, pericardial effusion (such as that associated with pericarditis), and pleural effusion.

[0076] As used herein, "treatment" refers to clinical intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual or cell being treated, and can be performed either for prophylaxis or during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis. In some embodiments, antibodies are used to delay development of a disease or disorder.

[0077] A "subject" is a vertebrate, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human.

Mammals include, but are not limited to, farm animals (such as cows and sheep), sport animals, pets (such as cats, dogs and horses), primates, mice and rats.

[0078] "Mammal" for purposes of treatment refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, or pet animals, such as dogs, horses, cats, cows, etc. Preferably, the mammal is human.

[0079] An "effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic result.

[0080] A "therapeutically effective amount" of a substance/molecule may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the substance/molecule, agonist or antagonist to elicit a desired response in the individual. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the substance/molecule, agonist or antagonist are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. A "prophylactically effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result.

Typically but not necessarily, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.

[0081] The term "cytotoxic agent" as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells. The term is intended to include radioactive isotopes (e.g., At211, 1131, 1125, Y90, Re186, Re188, Sm153, Bi212, P32 and radioactive isotopes of Lu), chemotherapeutic agents e.g. methotrexate, adriamicin, vinca alkaloids (vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide), doxorubicin, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil, daunorubicin or other intercalating agents, enzymes and fragments thereof such as nucleolytic enzymes, antibiotics, and toxins such as small molecule toxins or

enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof, and the various antitumor or anticancer agents disclosed below.

Other cytotoxic agents are described below. A tumoricidal agent causes destruction of tumor cells.

[0082] A "chemotherapeutic agent" is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and CYTOXAN® cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa;

ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine;

acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(dronabinol, MARINOL®); beta-lapachone; lapachol; colchicines; betulinic acid; a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan (HYCAMTIN®), CPT-11

(irinotecan, CAMPTOSAR®), acetylcamptothecin, scopolectin, and 9-aminocamptothecin); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); podophyllotoxin; podophyllinic acid; teniposide; cryptophycins (particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin;

spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard;

nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e. g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gammall and calicheamicin omegall (see, e.g., Agnew, Chem Intl. Ed. Engl., 33: 183-186 (1994)); dynemicin, including dynemicin A; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antiobiotic

chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti- adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfornithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone;

etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine;

pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural Products, Eugene, OR); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2',2"-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine

(ELDISINE®, FILDESIN®); dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol;

pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside ("Ara-C"); thiotepa; taxoids, e.g., TAXOL® paclitaxel (Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.), ABRAXANE™ Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel (American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, Illinois), and TAXOTERE® doxetaxel (Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); chloranbucil; gemcitabine (GEMZAR®); 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine (VELBAN®); platinum; etoposide (VP- 16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine (ONCOVIN®); oxaliplatin; leucovovin; vinorelbine (NAVELBINE®); novantrone; edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; ibandronate; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluorometlhylornithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; capecitabine (XELODA®); pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above; as well as combinations of two or more of the above such as CHOP, an abbreviation for a combined therapy of

cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisolone, and FOLFOX, an

abbreviation for a treatment regimen with oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN™) combined with 5-FU and leucovovin.

[0083] Also included in this definition are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate, reduce, block, or inhibit the effects of hormones that can promote the growth of cancer, and are often in the form of systemic, or whole-body treatment. They may be hormones themselves. Examples include anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen),

E VIST A® raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and FARESTON® toremifene; anti-progesterones; estrogen receptor down- regulators (ERDs); agents that function to suppress or shut down the ovaries, for example, leutinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists such as LUPRON® and

ELIGARD® leuprolide acetate, goserelin acetate, buserelin acetate and tripterelin; other anti- androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide and bicalutamide; and aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN® exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® vorozole, FEMARA® letrozole, and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole. In addition, such definition of chemotherapeutic agents includes bisphosphonates such as clodronate (for example, BONEFOS® or

OSTAC®), DIDROCAL® etidronate, NE-58095, ZOMETA® zoledronic acid/zoledronate, FOSAMAX® alendronate, AREDIA® pamidronate, SKELID® tiludronate, or ACTONEL® risedronate; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog); antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those that inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in abherant cell proliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Raf, H-Ras, and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); vaccines such as THERATOPE® vaccine and gene therapy vaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN® vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine, and VAXID® vaccine; LURTOTECAN® topoisomerase 1 inhibitor; ABARELIX® rmRH; lapatinib ditosylate (an ErbB-2 and EGFR dual tyrosine kinase small-molecule inhibitor also known as GW572016); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.

[0084] A "growth inhibitory agent" when used herein refers to a compound or composition which inhibits growth of a cell either in vitro or in vivo. Thus, the growth inhibitory agent may be one which significantly reduces the percentage of cells (such as a cell expressing BMPR2) in S phase. Examples of growth inhibitory agents include agents that block cell cycle progression (at a place other than S phase), such as agents that induce Gl arrest and M-phase arrest. Classical M-phase blockers include the vincas (vincristine and vinblastine), taxanes, and topoisomerase II inhibitors such as doxorubicin, epirubicin, daunorubicin, etoposide, and bleomycin. Those agents that arrest Gl also spill over into S- phase arrest, for example, DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone,

dacarbazine, mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and ara-C. Further information can be found in The Molecular Basis of Cancer, Mendelsohn and Israel, eds., Chapter 1, entitled "Cell cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugs" by Murakami et al. (WB Saunders: Philadelphia, 1995), especially p. 13. The taxanes (paclitaxel and docetaxel) are anticancer drugs both derived from the yew tree. Docetaxel (TAXOTERE®, Rhone -Poulenc Rorer), derived from the European yew, is a semisynthetic analogue of paclitaxel (TAXOL®, Bristol-Myers Squibb). Paclitaxel and docetaxel promote the assembly of microtubules from tubulin dimers and stabilize microtubules by preventing depolymerization, which results in the inhibition of mitosis in cells.

[0085] The "pathology" of a disease includes all phenomena that compromise the well-being of the patient. For cancer, this includes, without limitation, abnormal or uncontrollable cell growth, metastasis, interference with the normal functioning of neighboring cells, release of cytokines or other secretory products at abnormal levels, suppression or aggravation of inflammatory or immunological response, etc.

[0086] Administration "in combination with" one or more further therapeutic agents includes simultaneous (concurrent) and consecutive administration in any order.

[0087] "Carriers" as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers which are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution. Examples of physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS™.

[0088] A "liposome" is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug (such as a BMPR2 polypeptide or antibody thereto) to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes.

[0089] The terms "VEGF" and "VEGF- A" are used interchangeably to refer to the

165-amino acid vascular endothelial cell growth factor and related 121-, 145-, 183-, 189-, and 206- amino acid vascular endothelial cell growth factors, as described by Leung et al.

Science, 246: 1306 (1989), Houck et al. Mol. Endocrin., 5: 1806 (1991), and, Robinson & Stringer, Journal of Cell Science, 144(5):853-865 (2001), together with the naturally occurring allelic and processed forms thereof.

[0090] A "VEGF antagonist" refers to a molecule capable of neutralizing, blocking, inhibiting, abrogating, reducing or interfering with VEGF activities including its binding to one or more VEGF receptors. VEGF antagonists include anti-VEGF antibodies and antigen- binding fragments thereof, receptor molecules and derivatives which bind specifically to VEGF thereby sequestering its binding to one or more receptors, anti-VEGF receptor antibodies and VEGF receptor antagonists such as small molecule inhibitors of the VEGFR tyrosine kinases, and fusions proteins, e.g., VEGF-Trap (Regeneron), VEGF121-gelonin (Peregrine). VEGF antagonists also include antagonist variants of VEGF, antisense molecules directed to VEGF, RNA aptamers, and ribozymes against VEGF or VEGF receptors.

[0091] An "anti-VEGF antibody" is an antibody that binds to VEGF with sufficient affinity and specificity. The anti-VEGF antibody can be used as a therapeutic agent in targeting and interfering with diseases or conditions wherein the VEGF activity is involved. See, e.g., U.S. Patents 6,582,959, 6,703,020; W098/45332; WO 96/30046; WO94/10202, WO2005/044853; ; EP 0666868B1; US Patent Applications 20030206899, 20030190317, 20030203409, 20050112126, 20050186208, and 20050112126; Popkov et al, Journal of Immunological Methods 288: 149-164 (2004); and WO2005012359. An anti-VEGF antibody will usually not bind to other VEGF homologues such as VEGF-B or VEGF-C, nor other growth factors such as P1GF, PDGF or bFGF. The anti-VEGF antibody "Bevacizumab (BV)", also known as "rhuMAb VEGF" or "Avastin®", is a recombinant humanized anti- VEGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599 (1997). It comprises mutated human IgGl framework regions and antigen-binding complementarity-determining regions from the murine anti-hVEGF monoclonal antibody A.4.6.1 that blocks binding of human VEGF to its receptors. Approximately 93% of the amino acid sequence of Bevacizumab, including most of the framework regions, is derived from human IgGl, and about 7% of the sequence is derived from the murine antibody A4.6.1. Bevacizumab has a molecular mass of about 149,000 daltons and is glycosylated.

Bevacizumab and other humanized anti-VEGF antibodies, including the anti-VEGF antibody fragment "ranibizumab", also known as "Lucentis®", are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,884,879 issued February 26, 2005.

[0092] The term "biological activity" and "biologically active" with regard to a

BMPR2 polypeptide refer to physical/chemical properties and biological functions associated with BMPR2. In some embodiments, BMPR2 "biological activity" includes one or more of: binding to a BMPR2 ligand, e.g., BMP9 and/or BMP 10 or activating BMPR2 downstream molecular signaling.

[0093] A "BMPR2 antagonist" refers to a molecule capable of neutralizing, blocking, inhibiting, abrogating, reducing or interfering with the activities of a BMPR2 including, for example, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 receptor activation, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 downstream molecular signaling, disruption or blocking of BMPR2 ligand (e.g., BMP9 or BMP 10) binding to BMPR2. BMPR2 antagonists include antibodies and antigen- binding fragments thereof, proteins, peptides, glycoproteins, glycopeptides, glycolipids, polysaccharides, oligosaccharides, nucleic acids, bioorganic molecules, peptidomimetics, pharmacological agents and their metabolites, transcriptional and translation control sequences, and the like. Antagonists also include small molecule inhibitors of a protein, and fusions proteins (including immunoadhesins), receptor molecules and derivatives which bind specifically to protein thereby sequestering its binding to its target, antagonist variants of the protein, siR A molecules directed to a protein, antisense molecules directed to a protein, R A aptamers, and ribozymes against a protein. In some embodiments, the BMPR2 antagonist is a molecule which binds to BMPR2 and neutralizes, blocks, inhibits, abrogates, reduces or interferes with a biological activity of BMPR2.

[0094] The term "anti-neoplastic composition" refers to a composition useful in treating cancer comprising at least one active therapeutic agent, e.g., "anti-cancer agent". Examples of therapeutic agents (anti-cancer agents, also termed "anti-neoplastic agent" herein) include, but are limited to, e.g., chemotherapeutic agents, growth inhibitory agents, cytotoxic agents, agents used in radiation therapy, anti-angiogenesis agents, apoptotic agents, anti-tubulin agents, toxins, and other-agents to treat cancer, e.g., anti-VEGF neutralizing antibody, VEGF antagonist, anti-HER-2, anti-CD20, an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) antagonist (e.g., a tyrosine kinase inhibitor), HER1/EGFR inhibitor, erlotinib, a COX-2 inhibitor (e.g., celecoxib), interferons, cytokines, antagonists (e.g., neutralizing antibodies) that bind to one or more of the ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4, or VEGF receptor(s), inhibitors for receptor tyrosine kinases for platet-derived growth factor (PDGF) and/or stem cell factor (SCF) (e.g., imatinib mesylate (Gleevec ® Novartis)), TRAIL/ Apo2L, and other bioactive and organic chemical agents, etc.

[0095] The term "prodrug" as used in this application refers to a precursor or derivative form of a pharmaceutically active substance that is less cytotoxic to tumor cells compared to the parent drug and is capable of being enzymatically activated or converted into the more active parent form. See, e.g., Wilman, "Prodrugs in Cancer Chemotherapy" Biochemical Society Transactions, 14, pp. 375-382, 615th Meeting Belfast (1986) and Stella et al, "Prodrugs: A Chemical Approach to Targeted Drug Delivery," Directed Drug Delivery, Borchardt et al, (ed.), pp. 247-267, Humana Press (1985). The prodrugs of this invention include, but are not limited to, phosphate-containing prodrugs, thiophosphate-containing prodrugs, sulfate-containing prodrugs, peptide-containing prodrugs, D-amino acid-modified prodrugs, glycosylated prodrugs, beta-lactam-containing prodrugs, optionally substituted phenoxyacetamide-containing prodrugs or optionally substituted phenylacetamide-containing prodrugs, 5-fluorocytosine and other 5-fluorouridine prodrugs which can be converted into the more active cytotoxic free drug. Examples of cytotoxic drugs that can be derivatized into a prodrug form for use in this invention include, but are not limited to, those chemotherapeutic agents described above.

[0096] An "angiogenic factor or agent" is a growth factor which stimulates the development of blood vessels, e.g., promotes angiogenesis, endothelial cell growth, stability of blood vessels, and/or vasculogenesis, etc. For example, angiogenic factors, include, but are not limited to, e.g., VEGF and members of the VEGF family, P1GF, PDGF family, fibroblast growth factor family (FGFs), TIE ligands (Angiopoietins), ephrins, ANGPTL3, BMPR2, etc. It would also include factors that accelerate wound healing, such as growth hormone, insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I), VIGF, epidermal growth factor (EGF), CTGF and members of its family, and TGF-a and TGF-β. See, e.g., Klagsbrun and D'Amore, Annu. Rev. Physiol, 53:217-39 (1991); Streit and Detmar, Oncogene, 22:3172-3179 (2003); Ferrara & Alitalo, Nature Medicine 5(12): 1359-1364 (1999); Tonini et al, Oncogene, 22:6549-6556 (2003) (e.g., Table 1 listing angiogenic factors); and, Sato Int. J. Clin. Oncol, 8:200-206 (2003).

[0097] An "anti-angiogenesis agent" or "angiogenesis inhibitor" refers to a small molecular weight substance, a polynucleotide (including, e.g., an inhibitory RNA (RNAi or siRNA)), a polypeptide, an isolated protein, a recombinant protein, an antibody, or conjugates or fusion proteins thereof, that inhibits angiogenesis, vasculogenesis, or undesirable vascular permeability, either directly or indirectly. For example, an anti-angiogenesis agent is an antibody or other antagonist to an angiogenic agent as defined above, e.g., antibodies to VEGF, antibodies to VEGF receptors, small molecules that block VEGF receptor signaling (e.g., PTK787/ZK2284, SU6668, SUTENT®/SU 11248 (sunitinib malate), AMG706, or those described in, e.g., international patent application WO 2004/113304). Anti-angiogensis agents also include native angiogenesis inhibitors, e.g., angiostatin, endostatin, etc. See, e.g., Klagsbrun and D'Amore, Annu. Rev. Physiol, 53:217-39 (1991); Streit and Detmar,

Oncogene, 22:3172-3179 (2003) (e.g., Table 3 listing anti-angiogenic therapy in malignant melanoma); Ferrara & Alitalo, Nature Medicine 5(12): 1359-1364 (1999); Tonini et al, Oncogene, 22:6549-6556 (2003) (e.g., Table 2 listing antiangiogenic factors); and, Sato Int. J. Clin. Oncol, 8:200-206 (2003) (e.g., Table 1 lists Anti-angiogenesis agents used in clinical trials).

[0098] Methods and Compositions of the Invention

[0099] The present invention is based in part on the discovery that agents that modulate the BMPR2 pathway (e.g., a BMPR2 immunoadhesin or anti-BMPR2 antibody) are capable of affecting both angiogenesis as well a lymphangiogenesis. It is contemplated that BMPR2 antagonists can be used to treat or prevent various pathological conditions or disorders associated with angiogenesis and/or lymphangiogenesis. The invention

encompasses a method of inhibiting lymphangiogenesis using an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist such as, without limitation, a BMPR2 immunoadhesin or anti-BMPR2 antibody, to inhibit activation of the BMPR2 receptor pathway. In another aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting lymphangiogenesis comprising administering an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist to a subject in need of such treatment.

[00100] Examples of pathological conditions or disorders associated with abnormal lymphangiogenesis include, without limitation, tumor, cancer, tumor or cancer metastasis, cell proliferative disorder, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy and psoriasis. In one aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting or preventing tumoral lymphangiogenesis in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amountof a BMPR2 antagonist. Also provided is a method of inhibiting or preventing tumor metastasis in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist. In some embodiments, the subject may have developed or be at risk for developing tumor metastasis. Such metastasis may be in the lymphatic system or in a distant organ.

[00101] The invention contemplates a method of treating tumor, cancer, cell proliferative disorder and/or neoplastic disorder in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist. In one aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting tumor growth in a subject comprising administering an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist. Examples of neoplastic disorders to be treated with a BMPR2 antagonist include, but are not limited to, those described herein under the terms "cancer" and "cancerous."

[00102] Non-neoplastic conditions that are amenable to treatment with BMPR2 antagonists useful in the invention, include but are not limited to, e.g., undesired or aberrant hypertrophy, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), psoriasis, psoriatic plaques, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis, atherosclerotic plaques, edema from myocardial infarction, diabetic and other proliferative retinopathies including retinopathy of prematurity, retrolental fibroplasia, neovascular glaucoma, age-related macular degeneration, diabetic macular edema, corneal neovascularization, corneal graft neovascularization, corneal graft rejection, retinal/choroidal neovascularization, neovascularization of the angle (rubeosis), ocular neovascular disease, vascular restenosis, arteriovenous malformations (AVM), meningioma, hemangioma, angiofibroma, thyroid hyperplasias (including Grave's disease), corneal and other tissue transplantation, chronic inflammation, lung inflammation, acute lung injury/ ARDS, sepsis, primary pulmonary hypertension, malignant pulmonary effusions, cerebral edema (e.g., associated with acute stroke/ closed head injury/ trauma), synovial inflammation, pannus formation in RA, myositis ossificans, hypertropic bone formation, osteoarthritis (OA), refractory ascites, polycystic ovarian disease, endometriosis, 3rd spacing of fluid diseases (pancreatitis, compartment syndrome, burns, bowel disease), uterine fibroids, premature labor, chronic inflammation such as IBD (Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), renal allograft rejection, inflammatory bowel disease, nephrotic syndrome, undesired or aberrant tissue mass growth (non-cancer), obesity, adipose tissue mass growth, hemophilic joints, hypertrophic scars, inhibition of hair growth, Osier-Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma retrolental fibroplasias, scleroderma, trachoma, vascular adhesions, synovitis, dermatitis, preeclampsia, ascites, pericardial effusion (such as that associated with pericarditis), and pleural effusion. Further examples of disorders include an epithelial or cardiac disorder.

[00103] Combination Therapies

[00104] The invention provides combined therapies in which a BMPR2 antagonist

(such as a BMPR2 immunoadhesin or anti-BMPR2 antibody) is administered with another therapy. For example, BMPR2 antagonists are used in combinations with anti-cancer agent or an anti-angiogenesis agent to treat various neoplastic or non-neoplastic conditions. In another example, BMPR2 antagonists are used in combination with anti-lymphangiogenic agents (e.g., a VEGFC antagonist such as an anti-VEGFC antibody). In one embodiment, the neoplastic or non-neoplastic condition is characterized by pathological disorder associated with aberrant or undesired angiogenesis or lymphangiogenesis. The BMPR2 antagonist can be administered serially or in combination with another agent that is effective for those purposes, either in the same composition or as separate compositions. Alternatively, or additionally, multiple inhibitors of BMPR2 can be administered.

[00105] The administration of the BMPR2 antagonist and the other therapeutic agent

(e.g., anti-cancer agent, anti-angiogenesis agent) can be carried out simultaneously, e.g., as a single composition or as two or more distinct compositions using the same or different administration routes. Alternatively, or additionally, the administration can be done sequentially, in any order. Alternatively, or additionally, the steps can be performed as a combination of both sequentially and simultaneously, in any order.

[00106] In certain embodiments, intervals ranging from minutes to days, to weeks to months, can be present between the administrations of the two or more compositions. For example, the anti-cancer agent may be administered first, followed by the BMPR2 antagonist. However, simultaneous administration or administration of the BMPR2 antagonist first is also contemplated. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides methods comprising administration of a BMPR2 antagonist (such as a BMPR2 immunoadhesin or anti-BMPR2 antibody), followed by administration of an anti-angiogenesis agent (such as a VEGF antagonist, e.g., an anti-VEGF antibody). In one embodiment, the anti-angiogenesis agent is an anti-VEGF neutralizing antibody or fragment (e.g., humanized A4.6.1, AVASTIN ® (Genentech, South San Francisco, CA), Y0317, M4, G6, B20, 2C3, etc.). See, e.g., U.S. Patents 6,582,959, 6,884,879, 6,703,020; W098/45332; WO 96/30046; WO94/10202; EP 0666868B1; US Patent Applications 20030206899, 20030190317, 20030203409, and 20050112126; Popkov et al, Journal of Immunological Methods 288: 149-164 (2004); and, WO2005012359.

[00107] The effective amounts of therapeutic agents administered in combination with a BMPR2 antagonist will be at the physician's or veterinarian's discretion. Dosage administration and adjustment is done to achieve maximal management of the conditions to be treated. The dose will additionally depend on such factors as the type of therapeutic agent to be used and the specific patient being treated. Suitable dosages for the anti-cancer agent are those presently used and can be lowered due to the combined action (synergy) of the anticancer agent and the BMPR2 antagonist. In certain embodiments, the combination of the inhibitors potentiates the efficacy of a single inhibitor. The term "potentiate" refers to an improvement in the efficacy of a therapeutic agent at its common or approved dose. See also the section entitled Pharmaceutical Compositions herein.

[00108] Typically, the BMPR2 antagonists and anti-cancer agents are suitable for the same or similar diseases to block or reduce a pathological disorder such as a tumor, a cancer or a cell proliferative disorder. In one embodiment the anti-cancer agent is an anti- angiogenesis agent.

[00109] Antiangiogenic therapy in relationship to cancer is a cancer treatment strategy aimed at inhibiting the development of tumor blood vessels required for providing nutrients to support tumor growth. Because angiogenesis is involved in both primary tumor growth and metastasis, the antiangiogenic treatment provided by the invention is capable of inhibiting the neoplastic growth of tumor at the primary site as well as preventing metastasis of tumors at the secondary sites, therefore allowing attack of the tumors by other therapeutics.

[00110] Many anti-angiogenesis agents have been identified and are known in the arts, including those listed herein, e.g., listed under the Definitions section, and by, e.g., Carmeliet and Jain, Nature 407:249-257 (2000); Ferrara et al., Nature Reviews:Drug Discovery, 3:391- 400 (2004); and Sato Int. J. Clin. Oncol, 8:200-206 (2003). See also, US Patent Application US20030055006. In one embodiment, a BMPR2 antagonist is used in combination with an anti-VEGF neutralizing antibody (or fragment) and/or another VEGF antagonist or a VEGF receptor antagonist including, but not limited to, for example, soluble VEGF receptor (e.g., VEGFPv-1, VEGFPv-2, VEGFR-3, neuropillins (e.g., NRP1, NRP2)) fragments, aptamers capable of blocking VEGF or VEGFR, neutralizing anti-VEGFR antibodies, low molecule weight inhibitors of VEGFR tyrosine kinases (RTK), antisense strategies for VEGF,

ribozymes against VEGF or VEGF receptors, antagonist variants of VEGF; and any combinations thereof. Alternatively, or additionally, two or more angiogenesis inhibitors may optionally be co-administered to the patient in addition to VEGF antagonist and other agent. In certain embodiment, one or more additional therapeutic agents, e.g., anti-cancer agents, can be administered in combination with BMPR2 antagonist, the VEGF antagonist, and an anti-angiogenesis agent.

[00111] In certain aspects of the invention, other therapeutic agents useful for combination tumor therapy with a BMPR2 antagonist include other cancer therapies, (e.g., surgery, radiological treatments (e.g., involving irradiation or administration of radioactive substances), chemotherapy, treatment with anti-cancer agents listed herein and known in the art, or combinations thereof). Alternatively, or additionally, two or more antibodies binding the same or two or more different antigens disclosed herein can be co-administered to the patient. Sometimes, it may be beneficial to also administer one or more cytokines to the patient.

[00112] Chemotherapeutic Agents

[00113] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a disorder (such as a tumor, a cancer, or a cell proliferative disorder) by administering effective amounts of a BMPR2 antagonist (and/or an angiogenesis inhibitor(s)) and one or more chemotherapeutic agents. A variety of chemotherapeutic agents may be used in the combined treatment methods of the invention. An exemplary and non-limiting list of chemotherapeutic agents contemplated is provided herein under "Definitions." The administration of the BMPR2 antagonist and the chemotherapeutic agent can be done simultaneously, e.g., as a single composition or as two or more distinct compositions, using the same or different

administration routes. Alternatively, or additionally, the administration can be done sequentially, in any order. Alternatively, or additionally, the steps can be performed as a combination of both sequentially and simultaneously, in any order. In certain embodiments, intervals ranging from minutes to days, to weeks to months, can be present between the administrations of the two or more compositions. For example, the chemotherapeutic agent may be administered first, followed by the BMPR2 antagonist. However, simultaneous administration or administration of the BMPR2 antagonist prior to administration of the chemotherapeutic agent is also contemplated. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides methods comprising administration of a BMPR2 antagonist (such as a BMPR2 immunoadhesin or anti-BMPR2 antibody), followed by administration of a chemotherapeutic agent.

[00114] As will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, the appropriate doses of chemotherapeutic agents will be generally around those already employed in clinical therapies wherein the chemotherapeutics are administered alone or in combination with other chemotherapeutics. Variation in dosage will likely occur depending on the condition being treated. The physician administering treatment will be able to determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject.

[00115] BMPR2 antagonists

[00116] An exemplary and non- limiting list of BMPR2 antagonists (such as an anti-

BMPR2 antibody and a BMPR2 immunoadhesin) contemplated is provided herein under "Definitions."

[00117] The BMPR2 antagonists useful in the present invention can be characterized for their physical/chemical properties and biological functions by various assays known in the art. In some embodiments, BMPR2 antagonists are characterized for any one or more of: binding to BMPR2, binding to one or more BMPR2 ligands, eg., BMP9 or BMP 10, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 receptor activation, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 downstream molecular signaling, disruption or blocking of BMP9 or BMP 10 binding to BMPR2, inhibition of angiogenesis, inhibition of lymphangiogenesis, treatment and/or prevention of a tumor, cell proliferative disorder or a cancer; treatment or prevention of a disorder associated with BMPR2 expression. Methods for characterizing BMPR2 antagonists are known in the art, and some are described and exemplified herein.

[00118] BMPR2 Immunoadhesins

[00119] Immunoadhesins, including their structure and preparation, are described, e.g. in WO 91/08298; and in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,428,130 and 5,116,964, the disclosures of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.

[00120] Production of an immunoadhesin or chimeric heteromultimer adhesin

[00121] The description below relates primarily to production of immunoadhesin by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing immunoadhesin nucleic acid. It is, of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art, may be employed to prepare immunoadhesins. For instance, the immunoadhesin sequence, or portions thereof, may be produced by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques (see, e.g., Stewart et al, Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis, W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco, CA (1969); Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85 :2149-2154 (1963)). In vitro protein synthesis may be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis may be accomplished, for instance, using an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer (Foster City, CA) using manufacturer's instructions. Various portions of the immunoadhesin may be chemically synthesized separately and combined using chemical or enzymatic methods to produce the full-length immunoadhesin.

Nucleic acid encoding a native sequence BMPR2 receptor can, for example, be isolated from cells known to express the BMPR2 receptor. The accession number for human BMPR2 cDNA is NG011791.

[00122] DNA encoding immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant regions is known or readily available from cDNA libraries or is synthesized. See for example, Adams et al, Biochemistry 19:271 1-2719 (1980); Gough et al, Biochemistry 19:2702-2710 (1980); Dolby et al; P.N.A.S. USA, 77:6027-6031 (1980); Rice et al P.N.A.S USA 79:7862-7865 (1982); Falkner et al; Nature 298:286-288 (1982); and Morrison et al; Ann. Rev. Immunol. 2:239-256 (1984).

[00123] An immunoadhesin or a chimeric heteroadhesin of the invention is preferably produced by expression in a host cell and isolated therefrom. A host cell is generally transformed with the nucleic acid of the invention. Preferably the nucleic acid is incorporated into an expression vector. Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the vectors herein include prokaryotic host cells (such as E. coli, strains of Bacillus,

Pseudomonas and other bacteria), yeast and other eukaryotic microbes, and higher eukaryote cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells and other mammalian cells). The cells may also be present in live animals (for example, in cows, goats or sheep). Insect cells may also be used. Cloning and expression methodologies are well known in the art.

[00124] To obtain expression of an immunoadhesin such as the BMPR2.Fc molecule

(described in detail in Example 1), one or more expression vector(s) is/are introduced into host cells by transformation or transfection and the resulting recombinant host cells are cultured in conventional nutrient media, modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting recombinant cells, or amplifying the AVCR2B.Fc DNA. In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of in vitro mammalian cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991).

[00125] Construction of nucleic acid encoding immunoadhesin

[00126] When preparing the immunoadhesins of the present invention, preferably nucleic acid encoding an extracellular domain of a natural receptor is fused C-terminally to nucleic acid encoding the N-terminus of an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence, however N-terminal fusions are also possible. Typically, in such fusions the encoded chimeric polypeptide will retain at least functionally active hinge, CH2 and CH3 domains of the constant region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain. Fusions are also made to the C- terminus of the Fc portion of a constant domain, or immediately N-terminal to the CHI of the heavy chain or the corresponding region of the light chain. The resultant DNA fusion construct is expressed in appropriate host cells.

[00127] Nucleic acid molecules encoding amino acid sequence variants of native sequence extracellular domains (such as the extracellular domain from BMPR2) and/or the antibody sequences used to prepare the desired immunoadhesin, are prepared by a variety of methods known in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, isolation from a natural source or preparation by oligonucleotide-mediated (or site-directed) mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and cassette mutagenesis of an earlier prepared variant or a non- variant version of native sequence BMPR2. [00128] Amino acid sequence variants of native sequence extracellular domain included in the chimeric heteroadhesin are prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the native extracellular domain DNA sequence, or by in vitro synthesis of the desired chimeric heteroadhesin monomer polypeptide. Such variants include, for example, deletions from, or insertions or substitutions of, residues in the amino acid sequence of the immunoadhesin or chimeric heteroadhesin.

[00129] Variations in the native sequence as described above can be made using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations.

[00130] In one embodiment, the nucleic acid encodes a chimeric molecule in which the

BMPR2 receptor extracellular domain sequence is fused to the N-terminus of the C-terminal portion of an antibody (in particular the Fc domain), containing the effector functions of an immunoglobulin, e.g. IgGi. It is possible to fuse the entire heavy chain constant region to the BMPR2 receptor extracellular domain sequence. However, more preferably, a sequence beginning in the hinge region just upstream of the papain cleavage site (which defines IgG Fc chemically; residue 216, taking the first residue of heavy chain constant region to be 114 (Kobet et al, supra), or analogous sites of other immunoglobulins) is used in the fusion. In one embodiment, the BMPR2 receptor extracellular domain sequence is fused to the hinge region and CH2 and CH3 or CHI, hinge, CH2 and CH3 domains of an IgGi, IgG2, or IgG3 heavy chain. The precise site at which the fusion is made is not critical, and the optimal site can be determined by routine experimentation.

[00131] For human immunoadhesins, the use of human IgGi and IgG3

immunoglobulin sequences is preferred. A major advantage of using IgGi is that IgGi immunoadhesins can be purified efficiently on immobilized protein A. In contrast, purification of IgG3 requires protein G, a significantly less versatile medium. However, other structural and functional properties of immunoglobulins should be considered when choosing the Ig fusion partner for a particular immunoadhesin construction. For example, the IgG3 hinge is longer and more flexible, so it can accommodate larger "adhesin" domains that may not fold or function properly when fused to IgGi. Another consideration may be valency; IgG immunoadhesins are bivalent homodimers, whereas Ig subtypes like IgA and IgM may give rise to dimeric or pentameric structures, respectively, of the basic Ig homodimer unit.

[00132] For BMPR2 immunoadhesins designed for in vivo application, the

pharmacokinetic properties and the effector functions specified by the Fc region are important as well. Although IgGi, IgG2 and IgG4 all have in vivo half- lives of 21 days, their relative potencies at activating the complement system are different. IgG4 does not activate complement, and IgG2 is significantly weaker at complement activation than IgGi. Moreover, unlike IgGi, IgG2 does not bind to Fc receptors on mononuclear cells or neutrophils. While IgG3 is optimal for complement activation, its in vivo half-life in approximately one third of the other IgG isotypes.

[00133] Another important consideration for immunoadhesins designed to be used as human therapeutics is the number of allotypic variants of the particular isotype. In general, IgG isotypes with fewer serologically-defmed allotypes are preferred. For example, IgGi has only four serologically-defmed allotypic sites, two of which (Glm and 2) are located in the Fc region; and one of these sites Glml, is non-immunogenic. In contrast, there are 12 serologically-defmed allotypes in IgG3, all of which are in the Fc region; only three of these sites (G3m5, 11 and 21) have one allotype which is nonimmunogenic. Thus, the potential immunogenicity of an IgG3 immunoadhesin is greater than that of an IgGi immunoadhesin.

[00134] The cDNAs encoding the BMPR2 receptor sequence (e.g. an extracellular domain sequence) and the Ig parts of the immunoadhesin are inserted in tandem into a plasmid vector that directs efficient expression in the chosen host cells. For expression in mammalian cells pR 5-based vectors (Schall et al, Cell 61, 361-370 (1990)) and CDM8- based vectors (Seed, Nature 329, 840 (1989)) may, for example, be used. The exact junction can be created by removing the extra sequences between the designed junction codons using oligonucleotide-directed deletional mutagenesis (Zoller and Smith, Nucleic Acids Res. 10, 6487 (1982); Capon et al., Nature 337, 525-531 (1989)). Synthetic oligonucleotides can be used, in which each half is complementary to the sequence on either side of the desired junction; ideally, these are 36 to 48-mers. Alternatively, PCR techniques can be used to join the two parts of the molecule in-frame with an appropriate vector.

[00135] In one embodiment, a chimeric heteroadhesin polypeptide comprises a fusion of a monomer of the chimeric heteroadhesin with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. Such epitope tagged forms of the chimeric heteroadhesin are useful, as the presence thereof can be detected using a labeled antibody against the tag polypeptide. Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the chimeric heteroadhesin to be readily purified by affinity purification using the anti-tag antibody. Tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5, (Field et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:2159-2165 (1988)); the c-myc tag and the 8F9, 3C7, 6E10, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto (Evan et al, Molecular and Cellular Biology 5(12):3610-3616 (1985)); and the Herpes Simplex virus glycoprotein D (gD) tag and its antibody (Paborsky et al, Protein Engineering 3(6):547-553 (1990)).

[00136] Another type of covalent modification of a chimeric heteromultimer comprises linking a monomer polypeptide of the heteromultimer to one of a variety of non- proteinaceous polymers, e.g. , polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxyalkylenes, or copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol. A chimeric heteromultimer also may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington 's

Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th edition, Oslo, A., Ed., (1980).

[00137] Selection and Transformation of Host Cells

[00138] Host cells are transfected or transformed with expression or cloning vectors described herein for immunoadhesin production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences. The culture conditions, such as media, temperature, pH and the like, can be selected by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991) and Sambrook et al, supra.

[00139] Following transformation or transfection, the nucleic acid of the invention may integrate into the host cell genome, or may exist as an extrachromosomal element.

Methods of eukaryotic cell transfection and prokaryotic cell transformation are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaCl2, CaP04, liposome -mediated and electroporation. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is performed using standard techniques appropriate to such cells. The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes. Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al, Gene, 23:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 June 1989. For mammalian cells without such cell walls, the calcium phosphate precipitation method of Graham and van der Eb, Virology, 52:456-457 (1978) can be employed. General aspects of mammalian cell host system transfections have been described in U.S. Patent No. 4,399,216. Transformations into yeast are typically carried out according to the method of Van Solingen et al, J. Bact., 130:946 (1977) and Hsiao et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 76:3829 (1979). However, other methods for introducing DNA into cells, such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or polycations, e.g., polybrene, polyornithine, may also be used. For various techniques for transforming mammalian cells, see Keown et al., Methods in Enzvmologv, 185:527-537 (1990) and Mansour et al, Nature, 336:348-352 (1988).

[00140] Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells. Suitable prokaryotes include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as E. coli. Various E. coli strains are publicly available, such as E. coli K12 strain MM294 (ATCC 31,446); E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537); E. coli strain W3110 (ATCC 27,325) and K5 772 (ATCC 53,635). Other suitable prokaryotic host cells include Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 April 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces . These examples are illustrative rather than limiting. Strain W3110 is a common host strain for recombinant DNA product fermentation. Preferably, the host cell secretes minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes. For example, strain W3110 may be modified to effect a genetic mutation in the genes encoding proteins endogenous to the host, with examples of such hosts including E. coli W3110 strain 1A2, which has the complete genotype tonA; E. coli W3110 strain 9E4, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3; E. coli W3110 strain 27C7 (ATCC 55,244), which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA El 5 (argF-lac) 169 degP ompTkan ; E. coli W3110 strain 37D6, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA El 5 (argF-lac) 169 degP ompT rbs7 ilvG kan ; E. coli W3110 strain 40B4, which is strain 37D6 with a non-kanamycin resistant degP deletion mutation; and an E. coli strain having mutant periplasmic protease disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,946,783 issued 7 August 1990. Alternatively, in vitro methods of cloning, e.g., PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.

[00141] In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for immunoadhesin-encoding vectors.

Saccharomyces cerevisiae is a commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism. Others include Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Beach and Nurse, Nature, 290: 140 [1981]; EP 139,383 published 2 May 1985); Kluyveromyces hosts (U.S. Patent No. 4,943,529; Fleer et al, Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991)) such as, e.g., K. lactis (MW98-8C, CBS683,

CBS4574; Louvencourt et al, J. BacterioL. 154(2): 737-1742 [1983]), K.fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906; Van den Berg et al, Bio/Technology, 8: 135 (1990)), K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402,226); Pichia pastoris (EP 183,070; Sreekrishna et al, J. Basic Microbiol, 28:265-278 [1998]); Candida; Trichoderma reesia (EP 244,234); Neurospora crassa (Case et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76:5259- 5263 [1979]); Schwanniomyces such as Schwanniomyces occidentalis (EP 394,538 published 31 October 1990); and filamentous fungi such as, e.g., Neurospora, Penicillium,

Tolypocladium (WO 91/00357 published 10 January 1991), and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans (Ballance et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 112:284-289 [1983]; Tilburn et al. Gene, 26:205-221 [19831; Yelton et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81 : 1470-1474

[1984]) and niger (Kelly and Hynes, EMBO J., 4:475-479 [1985]). Methylotropic yeasts are suitable herein and include, but are not limited to, yeast capable of growth on methanol selected from the genera consisting of Hansenula, Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia,

Saccharomyces, Torulopsis, and Rhodotorula. A list of specific species that are exemplary of this class of yeasts may be found in C. Anthony, The Biochemistry of Methylotrophs, 269 (1982).

[00142] Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated immunoadhesin are derived from multicellular organisms. Examples of invertebrate cells include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9, as well as plant cells. Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) and COS cells. More specific examples include monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al, J. Gen Virol, 36:59 (1977)); Chinese hamster ovary cells/- DHFR (CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980)); mouse Sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod., 23:243-251 (1980)); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); and mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51). The selection of the appropriate host cell is deemed to be within the skill in the art.

[00143] In general, the choice of a mammalian host cell line for the expression of

BMPR2 immunoadhesins depends mainly on the expression vector. Another consideration is the amount of protein that is required. Milligram quantities often can be produced by transient transfections. For example, the adenovirus EIA-transformed 293 human embryonic kidney cell line can be transfected transiently with pRK5-based vectors by a modification of the calcium phosphate method to allow efficient immunoadhesin expression. CDM8-based vectors can be used to transfect COS cells by the DEAE-dextran method (Aruffo et al., Cell 61, 1303-1313 (1990); Zettmeissl et al, DNA Cell Biol. (US) 9, 347-353 (1990)). If larger amounts of protein are desired, the immunoadhesin can be expressed after stable transfection of a host cell line. For example, a pR 5-based vector can be introduced into Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells in the presence of an additional plasmid encoding dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) and conferring resistance to G418. Clones resistant to G418 can be selected in culture; these clones are grown in the presence of increasing levels of DHFR inhibitor methotrexate; clones are selected, in which the number of gene copies encoding the DHFR and immunoadhesin sequences is co-amplified. If the immunoadhesin contains a hydrophobic leader sequence at its N-terminus, it is likely to be processed and secreted by the transfected cells. The expression of immunoadhesins with more complex structures may require uniquely suited host cells; for example, components such as light chain or J chain may be provided by certain myeloma or hybridoma cell hosts (Gascoigne et al, 1987, supra; Martin et al, J. Virol. 67, 3561-3568 (1993)).

[00144] Selection and Use of a Replicable Vector

[00145] The nucleic acid encoding immunoadhesin may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. Various vectors are publicly available. The vector may, for example, be in the form of a plasmid, cosmid, viral particle, or phage. The appropriate nucleic acid sequence may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures. In general, DNA is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site(s) using techniques known in the art. Vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence. Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of these components employs standard ligation techniques which are known to the skilled artisan.

[00146] The immunoadhesin may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the immunoadhesin-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders. For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces a-factor leaders, the latter described in U.S. Patent No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP 362,179 published 4 April 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 November 1990. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders.

[00147] Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2μ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.

[00148] Expression and cloning vectors will typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.

[00149] An example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the immunoadhesin-encoding nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the CHO cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980). A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trpl gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 (Stinchcomb et al, Nature, 282:39 (1979); Kingsman et al, Gene, 7: 141 (1979); Tschemper et al, Gene, 10: 157 (1980)). The trpl gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 (Jones, Genetics, 85: 12 (1977)).

[00150] Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter operably linked to the immunoadhesin-encoding nucleic acid sequence to direct mRNA synthesis. Promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the β-lactamase and lactose promoter systems (Chang et al., Nature. 275:615 (1978); Goeddel et al, Nature. 281 :544 (1979)), alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system (Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8:4057 (1980); EP 36,776), and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter (deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80:21-25 (1983)). Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding immunoadhesin.

[00151] Examples of suitable promoter sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255:2073 (1980)) or other glycolytic enzymees (Hess et al, J. Adv. Enzyme Reg., 7: 149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry, 17:4900 (1978)), such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.

[00152] Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657.

[00153] The transcription of immunoadhesin from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 July 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, retrovirus (such as avian sarcoma virus), cytomegalovirus, hepatitis-B virus and Simian Virus 40 (SV40); from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, or from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.

[00154] Transcription of a DNA encoding the immunoadhesin by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are czs-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, which act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, a-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (by 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5 ' or 3 ' to the immunoadhesin coding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5 ' from the promoter.

[00155] Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells from other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 3 ' untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding immunoadhesin.

[00156] Still other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of immunoadhesin in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething et al, Nature, 293:620-625 (1981); Mantei et al., Nature, 281 :40-46 (1979); EP 117,060; and EP 117,058.

[00157] Purification and characterization of immunoadhesin

[00158] An immunoadhesin or a chimeric heteroadhesin preferably is recovered from the culture medium as a secreted polypeptide, although it also may be recovered from host cell lysates. As a first step, the particulate debris, either host cells or lysed fragments, is removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration; optionally, the protein may be concentrated with a commercially available protein concentration filter, followed by separating the chimeric heteroadhesin from other impurities by one or more purification procedures selected from: fractionation on an immunoaffinity column; fractionation on an ion-exchange column; ammonium sulphate or ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica; chromatography on heparin Sepharose; chromatography on a cation exchange resin; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; and gel filtration.

[00159] A particularly advantageous method of purifying immunoadhesins is affinity chromatography. The choice of affinity ligand depends on the species and isotype of the immunoglobulin Fc domain that is used in the chimera. Protein A can be used to purify immunoadhesins that are based on human IgGi, IgG2, or IgG4 heavy chains (Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 62, 1-13 (1983)). Protein G is recommended for all mouse isotypes and for human IgG3 (Guss et al, EMBO J. 5, 15671575 (1986)). The matrix to which the affinity ligand is attached is most often agarose, but other matrices are also available. Mechanically stable matrices such as controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene allow for faster flow rates and shorter processing times than can be achieved with agarose. The conditions for binding an immunoadhesin to the protein A or G affinity column are dictated entirely by the characteristics of the Fc domain; that is, its species and isotype. Generally, when the proper ligand is chosen, efficient binding occurs directly from unconditioned culture fluid. One distinguishing feature of immunoadhesins is that, for human IgGi molecules, the binding capacity for protein A is somewhat diminished relative to an antibody of the same Fc type. Bound immunoadhesin can be efficiently eluted either at acidic pH (at or above 3.0), or in a neutral pH buffer containing a mildly chaotropic salt. This affinity chromatography step can result in an immunoadhesin preparation that is >95% pure.

[00160] Other methods known in the art can be used in place of, or in addition to, affinity chromatography on protein A or G to purify immunoadhesins. Immunoadhesins behave similarly to antibodies in thiophilic gel chromatography (Hutchens and Porath, Anal. Biochem. 159, 217-226 (1986)) and immobilized metal chelate chromatography (Al- Mashikhi and Makai, J. Dairy Sci. 71, 1756-1763 (1988)). In contrast to antibodies, however, their behavior on ion exchange columns is dictated not only by their isoelectric points, but also by a charge dipole that may exist in the molecules due to their chimeric nature.

[00161] Preparation of epitope tagged immunoadhesin facilitates purification using an immunoaffinity column containing antibody to the epitope to adsorb the fusion polypeptide.

[00162] In some embodiments, the BMPR2 immunoadhesins are assembled as monomers, or hetero- or homo-multimers, dimers or tetramers, essentially as illustrated in WO 91/08298. Generally, these assembled immunoglobulins will have known unit structures. A basic four chain structural unit is the form in which IgG, IgD, and IgE exist. A four-unit structure is repeated in the higher molecular weight immunoglobulins; IgM generally exists as a pentamer of basic four units held together by disulfide bonds. IgA globulin, and occasionally IgG globulin, may also exist in multimeric form in serum. In the case of multimer, each four unit may be the same or different.

[00163] Generally, the BMPR2 immunoadhesins of the invention will have any one or more of the following properties: capable of neutralizing, blocking, inhibiting, abrogating, reducing or interfering with the activities of BMPR2 including, for example, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 receptor activation, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 downstream molecular signaling, disruption or blocking of BMPR2 ligand (e.g., BMP9 or BMP10) binding to BMPR2.

[00164] Antibodies

[00165] In one embodiment the anti-BMPR2 antibodies are monoclonal. Also encompassed within the scope of the invention are Fab, Fab', Fab'-SH and F(ab')2 fragments of the anti-BMPPv2 antibodies. These antibody fragments can be created by traditional means, such as enzymatic digestion, or may be generated by recombinant techniques. Such antibody fragments may be chimeric or humanized. These fragments are useful for the diagnostic and therapeutic purposes set forth below.

[00166] Monoclonal antibodies are obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Thus, the modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as not being a mixture of discrete antibodies.

[00167] The anti-BMPR2 monoclonal antibodies can be made using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al, Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567).

[00168] In the hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal, such as a hamster, is immunized to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the protein used for immunization. Antibodies to BMPR2 generally are raised in animals by multiple subcutaneous (sc) or intraperitoneal (ip) injections of BMPR2 and an adjuvant. BMPR2 may be prepared using methods well-known in the art, some of which are further described herein. For example, recombinant production of BMPR2 is described below. In one embodiment, animals are immunized with a derivative of BMPR2 that contains the extracellular domain (ECD) of BMPR2 fused to the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin heavy chain. In another embodiment, animals are immunized with a BMPR2-IgGi fusion protein. Animals ordinarily are immunized against immunogenic conjugates or derivatives of BMPR2 with monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL)/trehalose dicrynomycolate (TDM) (Ribi Immunochem. Research, Inc., Hamilton, MT) and the solution is injected intradermally at multiple sites. Two weeks later the animals are boosted. 7 to 14 days later animals are bled and the serum is assayed for anti-BMPR2 titer. Animals are boosted until titer plateaus.

[00169] Alternatively, lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro. Lymphocytes then are fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp.59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)).

[00170] The hybridoma cells thus prepared are seeded and grown in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells. For example, if the parental myeloma cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.

[00171] Preferred myeloma cells are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high- level production of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. Among these, preferred myeloma cell lines are murine myeloma lines, such as those derived from MOPC-21 and MPC-11 mouse tumors available from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, California USA, and SP-2 or X63-Ag8-653 cells available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland USA. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al, Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and

Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987)).

[00172] Culture medium in which hybridoma cells are growing is assayed for production of monoclonal antibodies directed against BMPR2. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoadsorbent assay (ELISA).

[00173] The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).

[00174] After hybridoma cells are identified that produce antibodies of the desired specificity, affinity, and/or activity, the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp.59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 medium. In addition, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites tumors in an animal.

[00175] The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones are suitably separated from the culture medium, ascites fluid, or serum by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.

[00176] The anti-BMPR2 antibodies can be made by using combinatorial libraries to screen for synthetic antibody clones with the desired activity or activities. In principle, synthetic antibody clones are selected by screening phage libraries containing phage that display various fragments of antibody variable region (Fv) fused to phage coat protein. Such phage libraries are panned by affinity chromatography against the desired antigen. Clones expressing Fv fragments capable of binding to the desired antigen are adsorbed to the antigen and thus separated from the non-binding clones in the library. The binding clones are then eluted from the antigen, and can be further enriched by additional cycles of antigen adsorption/elution. Any of the anti-BMPR2 antibodies can be obtained by designing a suitable antigen screening procedure to select for the phage clone of interest followed by construction of a full length anti-BMPR2 antibody clone using the Fv sequences from the phage clone of interest and suitable constant region (Fc) sequences described in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, NIH Publication 91-3242, Bethesda MD (1991), vols. 1-3.

[00177] The antigen-binding domain of an antibody is formed from two variable (V) regions of about 110 amino acids, one each from the light (VL) and heavy (VH) chains, that both present three hypervariable loops or complementarity-determining regions (CDRs). Variable domains can be displayed functionally on phage, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments, in which VH and VL are covalently linked through a short, flexible peptide, or as Fab fragments, in which they are each fused to a constant domain and interact non- covalently, as described in Winter et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol, 12: 433-455 (1994). As used herein, scFv encoding phage clones and Fab encoding phage clones are collectively referred to as "Fv phage clones" or "Fv clones".

[00178] Repertoires of VH and VL genes can be separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be searched for antigen-binding clones as described in Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994). Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas. Alternatively, the naive repertoire can be cloned to provide a single source of human antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al., EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993). Finally, naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning the unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992).

[00179] Filamentous phage is used to display antibody fragments by fusion to the minor coat protein pill. The antibody fragments can be displayed as single chain Fv fragments, in which VH and VL domains are connected on the same polypeptide chain by a flexible polypeptide spacer, e.g. as described by Marks et al, J. Mol. Biol, 222: 581-597 (1991), or as Fab fragments, in which one chain is fused to pill and the other is secreted into the bacterial host cell periplasm where assembly of a Fab-coat protein structure which becomes displayed on the phage surface by displacing some of the wild type coat proteins, e.g. as described in Hoogenboom et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 19: 4133-4137 (1991).

[00180] In general, nucleic acids encoding antibody gene fragments are obtained from immune cells harvested from humans or animals. If a library biased in favor of anti-BMPR2 clones is desired, the subject is immunized with BMPR2 to generate an antibody response, and spleen cells and/or circulating B cells other peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBLs) are recovered for library construction. In a preferred embodiment, a human antibody gene fragment library biased in favor of anti-BMPR2 clones is obtained by generating an anti- BMPR2 antibody response in transgenic mice carrying a functional human immunoglobulin gene array (and lacking a functional endogenous antibody production system) such that BMPR2 immunization gives rise to B cells producing human antibodies against BMPR2. The generation of human antibody-producing transgenic mice is described below.

[00181] Additional enrichment for anti-BMPR2 reactive cell populations can be obtained by using a suitable screening procedure to isolate B cells expressing BMPR2- specific membrane bound antibody, e.g., by cell separation with BMPR2 affinity

chromatography or adsorption of cells to fluorochrome-labeled BMPR2 followed by flow- activated cell sorting (FACS).

[00182] Alternatively, the use of spleen cells and/or B cells or other PBLs from an unimmunized donor provides a better representation of the possible antibody repertoire, and also permits the construction of an antibody library using any animal (human or non-human) species in which BMPR2 is not antigenic. For libraries incorporating in vitro antibody gene construction, stem cells are harvested from the subject to provide nucleic acids encoding unrearranged antibody gene segments. The immune cells of interest can be obtained from a variety of animal species, such as human, mouse, rat, lagomorpha, luprine, canine, feline, porcine, bovine, equine, and avian species, etc.

[00183] Nucleic acid encoding antibody variable gene segments (including VH and VL segments) are recovered from the cells of interest and amplified. In the case of rearranged VH and VL gene libraries, the desired DNA can be obtained by isolating genomic DNA or mRNA from lymphocytes followed by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with primers matching the 5' and 3' ends of rearranged VH and VL genes as described in Orlandi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 86: 3833-3837 (1989), thereby making diverse V gene repertoires for expression. The V genes can be amplified from cDNA and genomic DNA, with back primers at the 5' end of the exon encoding the mature V-domain and forward primers based within the J-segment as described in Orlandi et al. (1989) and in Ward et al., Nature, 341 : 544-546 (1989). However, for amplifying from cDNA, back primers can also be based in the leader exon as described in Jones et al, BiotechnoL, 9: 88-89 (1991), and forward primers within the constant region as described in Sastry et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 86: 5728-5732 (1989). To maximize complementarity, degeneracy can be incorporated in the primers as described in Orlandi et al. (1989) or Sastry et al. (1989).

Preferably, the library diversity is maximized by using PCR primers targeted to each V-gene family in order to amplify all available VH and VL arrangements present in the immune cell nucleic acid sample, e.g. as described in the method of Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222: 581- 597 (1991) or as described in the method of Oram et al, Nucleic Acids Res., 21 : 4491-4498 (1993). For cloning of the amplified DNA into expression vectors, rare restriction sites can be introduced within the PCR primer as a tag at one end as described in Orlandi et al. (1989), or by further PCR amplification with a tagged primer as described in Clackson et al., Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991).

[00184] Repertoires of synthetically rearranged V genes can be derived in vitro from V gene segments. Most of the human VH-gene segments have been cloned and sequenced (reported in Tomlinson et al, J. Mol. Biol, 227: 776-798 (1992)), and mapped (reported in Matsuda et al, Nature Genet., 3: 88-94 (1993); these cloned segments (including all the major conformations of the HI and H2 loop) can be used to generate diverse VH gene repertoires with PCR primers encoding H3 loops of diverse sequence and length as described in Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992). VH repertoires can also be made with all the sequence diversity focused in a long H3 loop of a single length as described in Barbas et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 4457-4461 (1992). Human VK and νλ segments have been cloned and sequenced (reported in Williams and Winter, Eur. J.

Immunol., 23: 1456-1461 (1993)) and can be used to make synthetic light chain repertoires. Synthetic V gene repertoires, based on a range of VH and VL folds, and L3 and H3 lengths, will encode antibodies of considerable structural diversity. Following amplification of V- gene encoding DNAs, germline V-gene segments can be rearranged in vitro according to the methods of Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol, 227: 381-388 (1992).

[00185] Repertoires of antibody fragments can be constructed by combining VH and

VL gene repertoires together in several ways. Each repertoire can be created in different vectors, and the vectors recombined in vitro, e.g., as described in Hogrefe et al, Gene, 128: 119-126 (1993), or in vivo by combinatorial infection, e.g., the loxP system described in Waterhouse et al, Nucl. Acids Res., 21 : 2265-2266 (1993). The in vivo recombination approach exploits the two-chain nature of Fab fragments to overcome the limit on library size imposed by E. coli transformation efficiency. Naive VH and VL repertoires are cloned separately, one into a phagemid and the other into a phage vector. The two libraries are then combined by phage infection of phagemid-containing bacteria so that each cell contains a different combination and the library size is limited only by the number of cells present (about 10 clones). Both vectors contain in vivo recombination signals so that the VH and VL genes are recombined onto a single replicon and are co-packaged into phage virions. These huge libraries provide large numbers of diverse antibodies of good affinity (KxT1 of about 10"8 M).

[00186] Alternatively, the repertoires may be cloned sequentially into the same vector, e.g. as described in Barbas et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88: 7978-7982 (1991), or assembled together by PCR and then cloned, e.g. as described in Clackson et al, Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991). PCR assembly can also be used to join VH and VL DNAs with DNA encoding a flexible peptide spacer to form single chain Fv (scFv) repertoires. In yet another technique, "in cell PCR assembly" is used to combine VH and VL genes within lymphocytes by PCR and then clone repertoires of linked genes as described in Embleton et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 20: 3831-3837 (1992).

[00187] The antibodies produced by naive libraries (either natural or synthetic) can be of moderate affinity (Kd-1 of about 106 to 107 M-l), but affinity maturation can also be mimicked in vitro by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries as described in Winter et al. (1994), supra. For example, mutation can be introduced at random in vitro by using error-prone polymerase (reported in Leung et al, Technique, 1 : 11-15 (1989)) in the method of Hawkins et al, J. Mol. Biol, 226: 889-896 (1992) or in the method of Gram et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 89: 3576-3580 (1992). Additionally, affinity maturation can be performed by randomly mutating one or more CDRs, e.g. using PCR with primers carrying random sequence spanning the CDR of interest, in selected individual Fv clones and screening for higher affinity clones. WO 9607754 (published 14 March 1996) described a method for inducing mutagenesis in a complementarity determining region of an

immunoglobulin light chain to create a library of light chain genes. Another effective approach is to recombine the VH or VL domains selected by phage display with repertoires of naturally occurring V domain variants obtained from unimmunized donors and screen for higher affinity in several rounds of chain reshuffling as described in Marks et al., BiotechnoL, 10: 779-783 (1992). This technique allows the production of antibodies and antibody fragments with affinities in the 10-9 M range.

[00188] BMPR2 nucleic acid and amino acid sequences are known in the art and are further discussed herein. DNAs encoding BMPR2 can be prepared by a variety of methods known in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, chemical synthesis by any of the methods described in Engels et al, Agnew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 28: 716-734 (1989), such as the triester, phosphite, phosphoramidite and H-phosphonate methods. In one embodiment, codons preferred by the expression host cell are used in the design of the BMPR2 encoding DNA. Alternatively, DNA encoding the BMPR2 can be isolated from a genomic or cDNA library.

[00189] Following construction of the DNA molecule encoding the BMPR2, the DNA molecule is operably linked to an expression control sequence in an expression vector, such as a plasmid, wherein the control sequence is recognized by a host cell transformed with the vector. In general, plasmid vectors contain replication and control sequences which are derived from species compatible with the host cell. The vector ordinarily carries a replication site, as well as sequences which encode proteins that are capable of providing phenotypic selection in transformed cells. Suitable vectors for expression in prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells are known in the art and some are further described herein. Eukaryotic organisms, such as yeasts, or cells derived from multicellular organisms, such as mammals, may be used.

[00190] Optionally, the DNA encoding the BMPR2 is operably linked to a secretory leader sequence resulting in secretion of the expression product by the host cell into the culture medium. Examples of secretory leader sequences include stll, ecotin, lamB, herpes GD, lpp, alkaline phosphatase, invertase, and alpha factor. Also suitable for use herein is the 36 amino acid leader sequence of protein A (Abrahmsen et al., EMBO J., 4: 3901 (1985)).

[00191] Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors of this invention and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.

[00192] Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaP04 precipitation and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell. Methods for transfection are well known in the art, and some are further described herein.

[00193] Transformation means introducing DNA into an organism so that the DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate to such cells. Methods for transformation are well known in the art, and some are further described herein.

[00194] Prokaryotic host cells used to produce the BMPR2 can be cultured as described generally in Sambrook et al, supra.

[00195] The mammalian host cells used to produce the BMPR2 can be cultured in a variety of media, which is well known in the art and some of which is described herein.

[00196] The host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in in vitro culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.

[00197] Purification of BMPR2 may be accomplished using art-recognized methods, some of which are described herein.

[00198] The purified BMPR2 can be attached to a suitable matrix such as agarose beads, acrylamide beads, glass beads, cellulose, various acrylic copolymers, hydroxyl methacrylate gels, polyacrylic and polymethacrylic copolymers, nylon, neutral and ionic carriers, and the like, for use in the affinity chromatographic separation of phage display clones. Attachment of the BMPR2 protein to the matrix can be accomplished by the methods described in Methods in Enzymology, vol. 44 (1976). A commonly employed technique for attaching protein ligands to polysaccharide matrices, e.g. agarose, dextran or cellulose, involves activation of the carrier with cyanogen halides and subsequent coupling of the peptide ligand's primary aliphatic or aromatic amines to the activated matrix.

[00199] Alternatively, BMPR2 can be used to coat the wells of adsorption plates, expressed on host cells affixed to adsorption plates or used in cell sorting, or conjugated to biotin for capture with streptavidin-coated beads, or used in any other art-known method for panning phage display libraries.

[00200] The phage library samples are contacted with immobilized BMPR2 under conditions suitable for binding of at least a portion of the phage particles with the adsorbent. Normally, the conditions, including pH, ionic strength, temperature and the like are selected to mimic physiological conditions. The phages bound to the solid phase are washed and then eluted by acid, e.g. as described in Barbas et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 88: 7978-7982 (1991), or by alkali, e.g. as described in Marks et al, J. Mol. Biol, 222: 581-597 (1991), or by BMPR2 antigen competition, e.g. in a procedure similar to the antigen competition method of Clackson et al, Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991). Phages can be enriched 20-1,000- fold in a single round of selection. Moreover, the enriched phages can be grown in bacterial culture and subjected to further rounds of selection.

[00201] The efficiency of selection depends on many factors, including the kinetics of dissociation during washing, and whether multiple antibody fragments on a single phage can simultaneously engage with antigen. Antibodies with fast dissociation kinetics (and weak binding affinities) can be retained by use of short washes, multivalent phage display and high coating density of antigen in solid phase. The high density not only stabilizes the phage through multivalent interactions, but favors rebinding of phage that has dissociated. The selection of antibodies with slow dissociation kinetics (and good binding affinities) can be promoted by use of long washes and monovalent phage display as described in Bass et al, Proteins, 8: 309-314 (1990) and in WO 92/09690, and a low coating density of antigen as described in Marks et al, BiotechnoL, 10: 779-783 (1992).

[00202] It is possible to select between phage antibodies of different affinities, even with affinities that differ slightly, for BMPR2. However, random mutation of a selected antibody (e.g. as performed in some of the affinity maturation techniques described above) is likely to give rise to many mutants, most binding to antigen, and a few with higher affinity. With limiting BMPR2, rare high affinity phage could be competed out. To retain all the higher affinity mutants, phages can be incubated with excess biotinylated BMPR2, but with the biotinylated BMPR2 at a concentration of lower molarity than the target molar affinity constant for BMPR2. The high affinity-binding phages can then be captured by streptavidin- coated paramagnetic beads. Such "equilibrium capture" allows the antibodies to be selected according to their affinities of binding, with sensitivity that permits isolation of mutant clones with as little as two-fold higher affinity from a great excess of phages with lower affinity. Conditions used in washing phages bound to a solid phase can also be manipulated to discriminate on the basis of dissociation kinetics.

[00203] Anti-BMPR2 clones may be activity selected. In one embodiment, the invention provides anti-BMPR2 antibodies that reduce or block BMPR2 receptor activation, reduce or block BMPR2 downstream molecular signaling, or disrupt or block BMPR2 ligand (e.g., BMP9 or BMP 10) binding to BMPR2.

[00204] DNA encoding the hybridoma-derived monoclonal antibodies or phage display Fv clones is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g. by using oligonucleotide primers designed to specifically amplify the heavy and light chain coding regions of interest from hybridoma or phage DNA template). Once isolated, the DNA can be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of the desired monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. Review articles on recombinant expression in bacteria of antibody-encoding DNA include Skerra et al., Curr. Opinion in Immunol, 5: 256 (1993) and Pluckthun, Immunol. Revs, 130: 151 (1992).

[00205] DNA encoding the Fv clones can be combined with known DNA sequences encoding heavy chain and/or light chain constant regions (e.g. the appropriate DNA sequences can be obtained from Kabat et al., supra) to form clones encoding full or partial length heavy and/or light chains. It will be appreciated that constant regions of any isotype can be used for this purpose, including IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE constant regions, and that such constant regions can be obtained from any human or animal species. A Fv clone derived from the variable domain DNA of one animal (such as human) species and then fused to constant region DNA of another animal species to form coding sequence(s) for "hybrid", full length heavy chain and/or light chain is included in the definition of "chimeric" and "hybrid" antibody as used herein. In a preferred embodiment, a Fv clone derived from human variable DNA is fused to human constant region DNA to form coding sequence(s) for all human, full or partial length heavy and/or light chains.

[00206] DNA encoding anti-BMPR2 antibody derived from a hybridoma can also be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy- and light-chain constant domains in place of homologous murine sequences derived from the hybridoma clone (e.g. as in the method of Morrison et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81 : 6851-6855 (1984)). DNA encoding a hybridoma or Fv clone-derived antibody or fragment can be further modified by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. In this manner, "chimeric" or "hybrid" antibodies are prepared that have the binding specificity of the Fv clone or hybridoma clone-derived antibodies.

[00207] Antibody Fragments

[00208] The present invention encompasses antibody fragments. In certain

circumstances there are advantages of using antibody fragments, rather than whole antibodies. The smaller size of the fragments allows for rapid clearance, and may lead to improved access to solid tumors. [00209] Various techniques have been developed for the production of antibody fragments. Traditionally, these fragments were derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (see, e.g., Morimoto et al., Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24: 107-117 (1992); and Brennan et al, Science, 229:81 (1985)). However, these fragments can now be produced directly by recombinant host cells. Fab, Fv and ScFv antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli, thus allowing the facile production of large amounts of these fragments. Antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed above. Alternatively, Fab'-SH fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form F(ab')2 fragments (Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992)). According to another approach, F(ab')2 fragments can be isolated directly from recombinant host cell culture. Fab and F(ab')2 fragment with increased in vivo half-life comprising a salvage receptor binding epitope residues are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,046. Other techniques for the production of antibody fragments will be apparent to the skilled practitioner. In other embodiments, the antibody of choice is a single chain Fv fragment (scFv). See WO 93/16185; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,894; and 5,587,458. Fv and sFv are the only species with intact combining sites that are devoid of constant regions; thus, they are suitable for reduced nonspecific binding during in vivo use. sFv fusion proteins may be constructed to yield fusion of an effector protein at either the amino or the carboxy terminus of an sFv. See Antibody Engineering, ed. Borrebaeck, supra. The antibody fragment may also be a "linear antibody", e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870 for example. Such linear antibody fragments may be monospecific or bispecific.

[00210] Humanized Antibodies

[00211] The present invention encompasses humanized antibodies. Various methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are known in the art. For example, a humanized antibody can have one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from an "import" variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al. (1986) Nature 321 :522-525; Riechmann et al. (1988) Nature 332:323-327; Verhoeyen et al. (1988) Science 239: 1534-1536), by substituting hypervariable region sequences for the

corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such "humanized" antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567) wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non- human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some hypervariable region residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.

[00212] The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important to reduce antigenicity. According to the so-called "best-fit" method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable-domain sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework for the humanized antibody (Sims et al. (1993) J. Immunol. 151 :2296; Chothia et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901. Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains. The same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285; Presta et al. (1993) J. Immunol, 151 :2623.

[00213] It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to one method, humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three-dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional

conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the recipient and import sequences so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the hypervariable region residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding.

[00214] Human antibodies

[00215] Human anti-BMPR2 antibodies can be constructed by combining Fv clone variable domain sequence(s) selected from human-derived phage display libraries with known human constant domain sequences(s) as described above. Alternatively, human monoclonal anti-BMPR2 antibodies can be made by the hybridoma method. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described, for example, by Kozbor J. Immunol., 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al, J. Immunol, 147: 86 (1991).

[00216] It is now possible to produce transgenic animals (e.g. mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, it has been described that the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy-chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge. See, e.g.,

Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 90: 2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al, Nature, 362: 255 (1993); Bruggermann et al, Year in Immunol, 7: 33 (1993).

[00217] Gene shuffling can also be used to derive human antibodies from non-human, e.g. rodent, antibodies, where the human antibody has similar affinities and specificities to the starting non-human antibody. According to this method, which is also called "epitope imprinting", either the heavy or light chain variable region of a non-human antibody fragment obtained by phage display techniques as described above is replaced with a repertoire of human V domain genes, creating a population of non-human chain/human chain scFv or Fab chimeras. Selection with antigen results in isolation of a non-human chain/human chain chimeric scFv or Fab wherein the human chain restores the antigen binding site destroyed upon removal of the corresponding non-human chain in the primary phage display clone, i.e. the epitope governs (imprints) the choice of the human chain partner. When the process is repeated in order to replace the remaining non-human chain, a human antibody is obtained (see PCT WO 93/06213 published April 1, 1993). Unlike traditional humanization of non- human antibodies by CDR grafting, this technique provides completely human antibodies, which have no FR or CDR residues of non-human origin.

[00218] Bispecific Antibodies

[00219] Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. In the present case, one of the binding specificities is for BMPR2 and the other is for any other antigen. Exemplary bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of the BMPR2 protein. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express BMPR2. These antibodies possess a BMPR2 -binding arm and an arm which binds the cytotoxic agent (e.g. saporin, anti-interferon-a, vinca alkaloid, ricin A chain, methotrexate or radioactive isotope hapten). Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g. F(ab')2 bispecific antibodies).

[00220] Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities (Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 305: 537 (1983)). Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of 10 different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule, which is usually done by affinity chromatography steps, is rather cumbersome, and the product yields are low. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829 published May 13, 1993, and in

Traunecker et al, EMBO J., 10: 3655 (1991).

[00221] According to a different and more preferred approach, antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferably is with an

immunoglobulin heavy chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CHI), containing the site necessary for light chain binding, present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the

immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co- transfected into a suitable host organism. This provides for great flexibility in adjusting the mutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodiments when unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in the construction provide the optimum yields. It is, however, possible to insert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains in one expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptide chains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios are of no particular significance. [00222] In a preferred embodiment of this approach, the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al, Methods in Enzymology, 121 :210 (1986).

[00223] According to another approach, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture. The preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 domain of an antibody constant domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan). Compensatory "cavities" of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g. alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end- products such as homodimers.

[00224] Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked or "heteroconjugate" antibodies.

For example, one of the antibodies in the heteroconjugate can be coupled to avidin, the other to biotin. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (US Patent No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO

91/00360, WO 92/00373, and EP 03089). Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art, and are disclosed in US Patent No. 4,676,980, along with a number of cross-linking techniques.

[00225] Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have also been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al, Science, 229: 81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab')2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab' fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. One of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab'-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab'-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.

[00226] Recent progress has facilitated the direct recovery of Fab'-SH fragments from

E. coli, which can be chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies. Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med., 175: 217-225 (1992) describe the production of a fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab')2 molecule. Each Fab' fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the HER2 receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.

[00227] Various techniques for making and isolating bispecific antibody fragments directly from recombinant cell culture have also been described. For example, bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers. Kostelny et al, J. Immunol,

148(5): 1547-1553 (1992). The leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. The antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers. The "diabody" technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments. The fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for making bispecific antibody fragments by the use of single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See Gruber et al., J. Immunol, 152:5368 (1994).

[00228] Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al. J. Immunol. 147: 60 (1991). [00229] Multivalent Antibodies

[00230] A multivalent antibody may be internalized (and/or catabolized) faster than a bivalent antibody by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibodies bind. The antibodies of the present invention can be multivalent antibodies (which are other than of the IgM class) with three or more antigen binding sites (e.g. tetravalent antibodies), which can be readily produced by recombinant expression of nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide chains of the antibody. The multivalent antibody can comprise a dimerization domain and three or more antigen binding sites. The preferred dimerization domain comprises (or consists of) an Fc region or a hinge region. In this scenario, the antibody will comprise an Fc region and three or more antigen binding sites amino-terminal to the Fe region. The preferred multivalent antibody herein comprises (or consists of) three to about eight, but preferably four, antigen binding sites. The multivalent antibody comprises at least one polypeptide chain (and preferably two polypeptide chains), wherein the polypeptide chain(s) comprise two or more variable domains. For instance, the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise VDl-(Xl)n -VD2- (X2)n -Fc, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, Fc is one polypeptide chain of an Fc region, XI and X2 represent an amino acid or polypeptide, and n is 0 or 1. For instance, the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise: VH-CH1 -flexible linker-VH-CHl-Fc region chain; or VH-CHl-VH-CHl-Fc region chain. The multivalent antibody herein preferably further comprises at least two (and preferably four) light chain variable domain polypeptides. The multivalent antibody herein may, for instance, comprise from about two to about eight light chain variable domain polypeptides. The light chain variable domain polypeptides contemplated here comprise a light chain variable domain and, optionally, further comprise a CL domain.

[00231] Antibody Variants

[00232] In some embodiments, amino acid sequence modification(s) of the antibodies described herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. Amino acid sequence variants of the antibody are prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the antibody nucleic acid, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of, residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution is made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics. The amino acid alterations may be introduced in the subject antibody amino acid sequence at the time that sequence is made.

[00233] A useful method for identification of certain residues or regions of the antibody that are preferred locations for mutagenesis is called "alanine scanning mutagenesis" as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244: 1081-1085. Here, a residue or group of target residues are identified (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (most preferably alanine or polyalanine) to affect the interaction of the amino acids with antigen. Those amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the substitutions then are refined by introducing further or other variants at, or for, the sites of substitution. Thus, while the site for introducing an amino acid sequence variation is predetermined, the nature of the mutation per se need not be predetermined. For example, to analyze the performance of a mutation at a given site, ala scanning or random mutagenesis is conducted at the target codon or region and the expressed immunoglobulins are screened for the desired activity.

[00234] Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.

Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue or the antibody fused to a cytotoxic polypeptide. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.

[00235] Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N- linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5- hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.

[00236] Addition of glycosylation sites to the antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the original antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).

[00237] Where the antibody comprises an Fc region, the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered. For example, antibodies with a mature carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached to an Fc region of the antibody are described in US Pat Appl No US

2003/0157108 (Presta, L.). See also US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd). Antibodies with a bisecting N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) in the carbohydrate attached to an Fc region of the antibody are referenced in WO 2003/011878, Jean-Mairet et al. and US Patent No. 6,602,684, Umana et al. Antibodies with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to an Fc region of the antibody are reported in WO 1997/30087, Patel et al. See, also, WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.) and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.) concerning antibodies with altered carbohydrate attached to the Fc region thereof. See also US

2005/0123546 (Umana et al.) on antigen-binding molecules with modified glycosylation.

[00238] The preferred glycosylation variant herein comprises an Fc region, wherein a carbohydrate structure attached to the Fc region lacks fucose. Such variants have improved ADCC function. Optionally, the Fc region further comprises one or more amino acid substitutions therein which further improve ADCC, for example, substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (Eu numbering of residues). Examples of publications related to "defucosylated" or "fucose-deficient" antibodies include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol. 336: 1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004). Examples of cell lines producing defucosylated antibodies include Lecl3 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US Pat Appl No US 2003/0157108 Al, Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312 Al, Adams et al, especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha- 1 ,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004)).

[00239] Another type of variant is an amino acid substitution variant. These variants have at least one amino acid residue in the antibody molecule replaced by a different residue. The sites of greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the hypervariable regions, but FR alterations are also contemplated. Conservative substitutions are shown in Table 1 under the heading of "preferred substitutions". If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then more substantial changes, denominated "exemplary substitutions" in Table 1, or as further described below in reference to amino acid classes, may be introduced and the products screened.

Table 1

Figure imgf000069_0001
[00240] Substantial modifications in the biological properties of the antibody are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side-chain properties:

(1) hydrophobic: norleucine, met, ala, val, leu, ile;

(2) neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gin;

(3) acidic: asp, glu;

(4) basic: his, lys, arg;

(5) residues that influence chain orientation: gly, pro; and

(6) aromatic: trp, tyr, phe

[00241] Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.

[00242] One type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a humanized or human antibody). Generally, the resulting variant(s) selected for further development will have improved biological properties relative to the parent antibody from which they are generated. A convenient way for generating such substitutional variants involves affinity maturation using phage display. Briefly, several hypervariable region sites (e.g. 6-7 sites) are mutated to generate all possible amino acid substitutions at each site. The antibodies thus generated are displayed from filamentous phage particles as fusions to the gene III product of Ml 3 packaged within each particle. The phage-displayed variants are then screened for their biological activity (e.g. binding affinity) as herein disclosed. In order to identify candidate hypervariable region sites for modification, alanine scanning mutagenesis can be performed to identify hypervariable region residues contributing significantly to antigen binding.

Alternatively, or additionally, it may be beneficial to analyze a crystal structure of the antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues are candidates for substitution according to the techniques elaborated herein. Once such variants are generated, the panel of variants is subjected to screening as described herein and antibodies with superior properties in one or more relevant assays may be selected for further development.

[00243] Nucleic acid molecules encoding amino acid sequence variants of the antibody are prepared by a variety of methods known in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, isolation from a natural source (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants) or preparation by oligonucleotide -mediated (or site-directed) mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and cassette mutagenesis of an earlier prepared variant or a non- variant version of the antibody.

[00244] It may be desirable to introduce one or more amino acid modifications in an

Fc region of the immunoglobulin polypeptides, thereby generating a Fc region variant. The Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a human IgGi, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions including that of a hinge cysteine.

[00245] In accordance with this description and the teachings of the art, it is contemplated that in some embodiments, an antibody used in methods may comprise one or more alterations as compared to the wild type counterpart antibody, e.g. in the Fc region. These antibodies would nonetheless retain substantially the same characteristics required for therapeutic utility as compared to their wild type counterpart. For example, it is thought that certain alterations can be made in the Fc region that would result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) Clq binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in W099/51642. See also Duncan & Winter Nature 322:738-40 (1988); US Patent No. 5,648,260; US Patent No. 5,624,821; and W094/29351 concerning other examples of Fc region variants. WO00/42072 (Presta) and WO 2004/056312 (Lowman) describe antibody variants with improved or diminished binding to FcRs. The content of these patent publications are specifically incorporated herein by reference. See, also, Shields et al. J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001). Antibodies with increased half lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117:587 (1976) and Kim et al., J.

Immunol. 24:249 (1994)), are described in US2005/0014934A1 (Hinton et al). These antibodies comprise an Fc reg on with one or more substitutions therein which improve binding of the Fc region to FcRn. Polypeptide variants with altered Fc region amino acid sequences and increased or decreased Clq binding capability are described in US patent No. 6,194,551B1, W099/51642. The contents of those patent publications are specifically incorporated herein by reference. See, also, Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000). [00246] Antibody Derivatives

[00247] The antibodies can be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available. Preferably, the moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody are water soluble polymers. Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1, 3-dioxolane, poly-l,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propropylene glycol homopolymers, prolypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. The number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymers are attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.

[00248] Screening for antibodies with desired properties

[00249] The antibodies can be characterized for their physical/chemical properties and biological functions by various assays known in the art. In some embodiments, antibodies are characterized for any one or more of binding to BMPR2, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 receptor activation, reduction or blocking of BMPR2 receptor downstream molecular signaling, disruption or blocking of BMPR2 ligand binding to BMPR2 (e.g., BMP9 or BMP 10), inhibition of angiogenesis, inhibition of lymphangiogenesis, treatment and/or prevention of a tumor, cell proliferative disorder or a cancer, treatment or prevention of a disorder associated with BMPR2 expression and/or activity.

[00250] The purified antibodies can be further characterized by a series of assays including, but not limited to, N-terminal sequencing, amino acid analysis, non-denaturing size exclusion high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), mass spectrometry, ion exchange chromatography and papain digestion.

[00251] In certain embodiments of the invention, the antibodies produced herein are analyzed for their biological activity. In some embodiments, the antibodies of the present invention are tested for their antigen binding activity. The antigen binding assays that are known in the art and can be used herein include without limitation any direct or competitive binding assays using techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich" immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, fluorescent immunoassays, and protein A immunoassays.

[00252] In one embodiment, the antibody is an altered antibody that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desired candidate for many applications in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious. In certain embodiments, the Fc activities of the produced immunoglobulin are measured to ensure that only the desired properties are maintained. In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks FcyR binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express FcyRIII only, whereas monocytes express FcyRI, FcyRII and FcyRIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol 9:457-92 (1991). An example of an in vitro assay to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in US Patent No. 5,500,362 or 5,821,337. Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. PNAS (USA) 95:652-656 (1998). Clq binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind Clq and hence lacks CDC activity. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay, e.g. as described in Gazzano- Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202: 163 (1996), may be performed. FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art, e.g. those described in the Examples section.

[00253] Vectors, Host Cells and Recombinant Methods

[00254] For recombinant production of an antibody, the nucleic acid encoding it is isolated and inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. DNA encoding the antibody is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody). Many vectors are available. The choice of vector depends in part on the host cell to be used. Generally, preferred host cells are of either prokaryotic or eukaryotic (generally mammalian) origin. It will be appreciated that constant regions of any isotype can be used for this purpose, including IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE constant regions, and that such constant regions can be obtained from any human or animal species.

[00255] Generating antibodies using prokaryotic host cells:

[00256] Vector Construction

[00257] Polynucleotide sequences encoding polypeptide components of the antibody can be obtained using standard recombinant techniques. Desired polynucleotide sequences may be isolated and sequenced from antibody producing cells such as hybridoma cells. Alternatively, polynucleotides can be synthesized using nucleotide synthesizer or PCR techniques. Once obtained, sequences encoding the polypeptides are inserted into a recombinant vector capable of replicating and expressing heterologous polynucleotides in prokaryotic hosts. Many vectors that are available and known in the art can be used for the purpose of the present invention. Selection of an appropriate vector will depend mainly on the size of the nucleic acids to be inserted into the vector and the particular host cell to be transformed with the vector. Each vector contains various components, depending on its function (amplification or expression of heterologous polynucleotide, or both) and its compatibility with the particular host cell in which it resides. The vector components generally include, but are not limited to: an origin of replication, a selection marker gene, a promoter, a ribosome binding site (RBS), a signal sequence, the heterologous nucleic acid insert and a transcription termination sequence.

[00258] In general, plasmid vectors containing replicon and control sequences which are derived from species compatible with the host cell are used in connection with these hosts. The vector ordinarily carries a replication site, as well as marking sequences which are capable of providing phenotypic selection in transformed cells. For example, E. coli is typically transformed using pBR322, a plasmid derived from an E. coli species. pBR322 contains genes encoding ampicillin (Amp) and tetracycline (Tet) resistance and thus provides easy means for identifying transformed cells. pBR322, its derivatives, or other microbial plasmids or bacteriophage may also contain, or be modified to contain, promoters which can be used by the microbial organism for expression of endogenous proteins. Examples of pBR322 derivatives used for expression of particular antibodies are described in detail in Carter et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,648,237.

[00259] In addition, phage vectors containing replicon and control sequences that are compatible with the host microorganism can be used as transforming vectors in connection with these hosts. For example, bacteriophage such as λϋΕΜ™-11 may be utilized in making a recombinant vector which can be used to transform susceptible host cells such as E. coli LE392.

[00260] The expression vector may comprise two or more promoter-cistron pairs, encoding each of the polypeptide components. A promoter is an untranslated regulatory sequence located upstream (5') to a cistron that modulates its expression. Prokaryotic promoters typically fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive. Inducible promoter is a promoter that initiates increased levels of transcription of the cistron under its control in response to changes in the culture condition, e.g. the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature.

[00261] A large number of promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. The selected promoter can be operably linked to cistron DNA encoding the light or heavy chain by removing the promoter from the source DNA via restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector. Both the native promoter sequence and many heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the target genes. In some embodiments, heterologous promoters are utilized, as they generally permit greater transcription and higher yields of expressed target gene as compared to the native target polypeptide promoter.

[00262] Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the PhoA promoter, the β-galactamase and lactose promoter systems, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system and hybrid promoters such as the tac or the trc promoter. However, other promoters that are functional in bacteria (such as other known bacterial or phage promoters) are suitable as well. Their nucleotide sequences have been published, thereby enabling a skilled worker operably to ligate them to cistrons encoding the target light and heavy chains (Siebenlist et al. (1980) Cell 20: 269) using linkers or adaptors to supply any required restriction sites.

[00263] In one aspect of the invention, each cistron within the recombinant vector comprises a secretion signal sequence component that directs translocation of the expressed polypeptides across a membrane. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the target polypeptide DNA that is inserted into the vector. The signal sequence selected for the purpose of this invention should be one that is recognized and processed (i.e. cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. For prokaryotic host cells that do not recognize and process the signal sequences native to the heterologous

polypeptides, the signal sequence is substituted by a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group consisting of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, Ipp, or heat- stable enterotoxin II (STII) leaders, LamB, PhoE, PelB, OmpA and MBP. In one

embodiment of the invention, the signal sequences used in both cistrons of the expression system are STII signal sequences or variants thereof.

[00264] In another aspect, the production of the immunoglobulins according to the invention can occur in the cytoplasm of the host cell, and therefore does not require the presence of secretion signal sequences within each cistron. In that regard, immunoglobulin light and heavy chains are expressed, folded and assembled to form functional

immunoglobulins within the cytoplasm. Certain host strains (e.g., the E. coli trxB- strains) provide cytoplasm conditions that are favorable for disulfide bond formation, thereby permitting proper folding and assembly of expressed protein subunits. Proba and Pluckthun Gene, 159:203 (1995).

[00265] Prokaryotic host cells suitable for expressing antibodies include

Archaebacteria and Eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms.

Examples of useful bacteria include Escherichia (e.g., E. coli), Bacilli (e.g., B. subtilis), Enterobacteria, Pseudomonas species (e.g., P. aeruginosa), Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia marcescans, Klebsiella, Proteus, Shigella, Rhizobia, Vitreoscilla, or Paracoccus. In one embodiment, gram-negative cells are used. In one embodiment, E. coli cells are used as hosts for the invention. Examples of E. coli strains include strain W3110 (Bachmann, Cellular and Molecular Biology, vol. 2 (Washington, D.C.: American Society for Microbiology, 1987), pp. 1190-1219; ATCC Deposit No. 27,325) and derivatives thereof, including strain 33D3 having genotype W3110 AfhuA (ΔίοηΑ) ptr3 lac Iq lacL8 AompTA(nmpc-fepE) degP41 kanR (U.S. Pat. No. 5,639,635). Other strains and derivatives thereof, such as E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), E. coli B, E. coli 1776 (ATCC 31,537) and E. coli RV308(ATCC 31,608) are also suitable. These examples are illustrative rather than limiting. Methods for constructing derivatives of any of the above-mentioned bacteria having defined genotypes are known in the art and described in, for example, Bass et al, Proteins, 8:309-314 (1990). It is generally necessary to select the appropriate bacteria taking into consideration replicability of the replicon in the cells of a bacterium. For example, E. coli, Serratia, or Salmonella species can be suitably used as the host when well known plasmids such as pBR322, pBR325, pACYC177, or pK 410 are used to supply the replicon. Typically the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes, and additional protease inhibitors may desirably be incorporated in the cell culture.

[00266] Antibody Production

[00267] Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression vectors and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.

[00268] Transformation means introducing DNA into the prokaryotic host so that the

DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate to such cells. The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride is generally used for bacterial cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers. Another method for transformation employs polyethylene glycol/DMSO. Yet another technique used is electroporation.

[00269] Prokaryotic cells used to produce the polypeptides are grown in media known in the art and suitable for culture of the selected host cells. Examples of suitable media include luria broth (LB) plus necessary nutrient supplements. In some embodiments, the media also contains a selection agent, chosen based on the construction of the expression vector, to selectively permit growth of prokaryotic cells containing the expression vector. For example, ampicillin is added to media for growth of cells expressing ampicillin resistant gene.

[00270] Any necessary supplements besides carbon, nitrogen, and inorganic phosphate sources may also be included at appropriate concentrations introduced alone or as a mixture with another supplement or medium such as a complex nitrogen source. Optionally the culture medium may contain one or more reducing agents selected from the group consisting of glutathione, cysteine, cystamine, thioglycollate, dithioerythritol and dithiothreitol.

[00271] The prokaryotic host cells are cultured at suitable temperatures. For E. coli growth, for example, the preferred temperature ranges from about 20°C to about 39°C, more preferably from about 25°C to about 37°C, even more preferably at about 30°C. The pH of the medium may be any pH ranging from about 5 to about 9, depending mainly on the host organism. For E. coli, the pH is preferably from about 6.8 to about 7.4, and more preferably about 7.0.

[00272] If an inducible promoter is used in the expression vector, protein expression is induced under conditions suitable for the activation of the promoter. In one aspect of the invention, PhoA promoters are used for controlling transcription of the polypeptides.

Accordingly, the transformed host cells are cultured in a phosphate-limiting medium for induction. Preferably, the phosphate-limiting medium is the C.R.A.P medium (see, e.g., Simmons et al., J. Immunol. Methods (2002), 263: 133-147). A variety of other inducers may be used, according to the vector construct employed, as is known in the art.

[00273] In one embodiment, the expressed polypeptides of the present invention are secreted into and recovered from the periplasm of the host cells. Protein recovery typically involves disrupting the microorganism, generally by such means as osmotic shock, sonication or lysis. Once cells are disrupted, cell debris or whole cells may be removed by

centrifugation or filtration. The proteins may be further purified, for example, by affinity resin chromatography. Alternatively, proteins can be transported into the culture media and isolated therein. Cells may be removed from the culture and the culture supernatant being filtered and concentrated for further purification of the proteins produced. The expressed polypeptides can be further isolated and identified using commonly known methods such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE) and Western blot assay.

[00274] In one aspect of the invention, antibody production is conducted in large quantity by a fermentation process. Various large-scale fed-batch fermentation procedures are available for production of recombinant proteins. Large-scale fermentations have at least 1000 liters of capacity, preferably about 1,000 to 100,000 liters of capacity. These fermentors use agitator impellers to distribute oxygen and nutrients, especially glucose (the preferred carbon/energy source). Small scale fermentation refers generally to fermentation in a fermentor that is no more than approximately 100 liters in volumetric capacity, and can range from about 1 liter to about 100 liters.

[00275] In a fermentation process, induction of protein expression is typically initiated after the cells have been grown under suitable conditions to a desired density, e.g., an OD550 of about 180-220, at which stage the cells are in the early stationary phase. A variety of inducers may be used, according to the vector construct employed, as is known in the art and described above. Cells may be grown for shorter periods prior to induction. Cells are usually induced for about 12-50 hours, although longer or shorter induction time may be used.

[00276] To improve the production yield and quality of the polypeptides, various fermentation conditions can be modified. For example, to improve the proper assembly and folding of the secreted antibody polypeptides, additional vectors overexpressing chaperone proteins, such as Dsb proteins (DsbA, DsbB, DsbC, DsbD and or DsbG) or FkpA (a peptidylprolyl cis,trans-isomerase with chaperone activity) can be used to co-transform the host prokaryotic cells. The chaperone proteins have been demonstrated to facilitate the proper folding and solubility of heterologous proteins produced in bacterial host cells. Chen et al. (1999) J Bio Chem 274: 19601-19605; Georgiou et al, U.S. Patent No. 6,083,715; Georgiou et al, U.S. Patent No. 6,027,888; Bothmann and Pluckthun (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275: 17100- 17105; Ramm and Pluckthun (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275: 17106-17113; Arie et al. (2001) Mol. Microbiol. 39: 199-210.

[00277] To minimize proteolysis of expressed heterologous proteins (especially those that are proteolytically sensitive), certain host strains deficient for proteolytic enzymes can be used for the present invention. For example, host cell strains may be modified to effect genetic mutation(s) in the genes encoding known bacterial proteases such as Protease III, OmpT, DegP, Tsp, Protease I, Protease Mi, Protease V, Protease VI and combinations thereof. Some E. coli protease-deficient strains are available and described in, for example, Joly et al. (1998), supra; Georgiou et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,264,365; Georgiou et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,508,192; Hara et al, Microbial Drug Resistance, 2:63-72 (1996).

[00278] In one embodiment, E. coli strains deficient for proteolytic enzymes and transformed with plasmids overexpressing one or more chaperone proteins are used as host cells in the expression system.

[00279] Antibody Purification

[00280] Standard protein purification methods known in the art can be employed. The following procedures are exemplary of suitable purification procedures: fractionation on immunoaffinity or ion-exchange columns, ethanol precipitation, reverse phase HPLC, chromatography on silica or on a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE, chromatofocusing, SDS-PAGE, ammonium sulfate precipitation, and gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75. [00281] In one aspect, Protein A immobilized on a solid phase is used for immunoaffinity purification of the full length antibody products. Protein A is a 41kD cell wall protein from Staphylococcus aureas which binds with a high affinity to the Fc region of antibodies. Lindmark et al (1983) J. Immunol. Meth. 62: 1-13. The solid phase to which Protein A is immobilized is preferably a column comprising a glass or silica surface, more preferably a controlled pore glass column or a silicic acid column. In some applications, the column has been coated with a reagent, such as glycerol, in an attempt to prevent nonspecific adherence of contaminants.

[00282] As the first step of purification, the preparation derived from the cell culture as described above is applied onto the Protein A immobilized solid phase to allow specific binding of the antibody of interest to Protein A. The solid phase is then washed to remove contaminants non-specifically bound to the solid phase. Finally the antibody of interest is recovered from the solid phase by elution.

[00283] Generating antibodies using eukaryotic host cells:

[00284] The vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence.

[00285] Signal sequence component

[00286] A vector for use in a eukaryotic host cell may also contain a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide of interest. The heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences as well as viral secretory leaders, for example, the herpes simplex gD signal, are available.

[00287] The DNA for such precursor region is ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding the antibody.

[00288] Origin of replication

[00289] Generally, an origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors. For example, the SV40 origin may typically be used only because it contains the early promoter.

[00290] Selection gene component

[00291] Expression and cloning vectors may contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, where relevant, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media.

[00292] One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, mycophenolic acid and hygromycin.

[00293] Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the antibody nucleic acid, such as DHFR, thymidine kinase, metallothionein-I and -II, preferably primate metallothionein genes, adenosine deaminase, ornithine decarboxylase, etc.

[00294] For example, cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene are first identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity (e.g., ATCC CRL-9096).

[00295] Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous

DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding an antibody, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3 '-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Patent No. 4,965,199.

[00296] Promoter component

[00297] Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the antibody polypeptide nucleic acid.

Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually alleukaryotic genes have an AT- rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CNCAAT region where N may be any nucleotide. At the 3' end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3' end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.

[00298] Antibody polypeptide transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.

[00299] The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication. The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a Hindlll E restriction fragment. A system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,419,446. A modification of this system is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,601,978. Alternatively, the Rous Sarcoma Virus long terminal repeat can be used as the promoter.

[00300] Enhancer element component

[00301] Transcription of DNA encoding the antibody polypeptide of this invention by higher eukaryotes is often increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, a- fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100- 270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv, Nature 297: 17-18 (1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5 ' or 3' to the antibody polypeptide-encoding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5' from the promoter.

[00302] Transcription termination component

[00303] Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells will typically also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5' and, occasionally 3', untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding an antibody. One useful transcription termination component is the bovine growth hormone polyadenylation region. See W094/11026 and the expression vector disclosed therein.

[00304] Selection and transformation of host cells

[00305] Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include higher eukaryote cells described herein, including vertebrate host cells. Propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) has become a routine procedure. Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CVl line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al, J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)) ; baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR (CHO, Urlaub et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)) ; mouse Sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243- 251 (1980) ); monkey kidney cells (CVl ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL- 1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al, Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).

[00306] Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for antibody production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.

[00307] Culturing the host cells

[00308] The host cells used to produce an antibody of this invention may be cultured in a variety of media. Commercially available media such as Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ((MEM), (Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium ((DMEM), Sigma) are suitable for culturing the host cells. In addition, any of the media described in Ham et al., Meth. Enz. 58:44 (1979), Barnes et al., Anal.

Biochem.102:255 (1980), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,767,704; 4,657,866; 4,927,762; 4,560,655; or 5,122,469; WO 90/03430; WO 87/00195; or U.S. Patent Re. 30,985 may be used as culture media for the host cells. Any of these media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleotides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics (such as

GENTAMYCIN™ drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.

[00309] Purification of antibody

[00310] When using recombinant techniques, the antibody can be produced intracellularly, or directly secreted into the medium. If the antibody is produced

intracellularly, as a first step, the particulate debris, either host cells or lysed fragments, are removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration. Where the antibody is secreted into the medium, supematants from such expression systems are generally first concentrated using a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. A protease inhibitor such as PMSF may be included in any of the foregoing steps to inhibit proteolysis and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.

[00311] The antibody composition prepared from the cells can be purified using, for example, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, and affinity chromatography, with affinity chromatography being the preferred purification technique. The suitability of protein A as an affinity ligand depends on the species and isotype of any immunoglobulin Fc domain that is present in the antibody. Protein A can be used to purify antibodies that are based on human γΐ, γ2, or γ4 heavy chains (Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 62: 1-13 (1983)). Protein G is recommended for all mouse isotypes and for human γ3 (Guss et al, EMBO J. 5:15671575 (1986)). The matrix to which the affinity ligand is attached is most often agarose, but other matrices are available. Mechanically stable matrices such as controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene allow for faster flow rates and shorter processing times than can be achieved with agarose. Where the antibody comprises a CH3 domain, the Bakerbond ABX™resin (J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, NJ) is useful for purification. Other techniques for protein purification such as fractionation on an ion- exchange column, ethanol precipitation, Reverse Phase HPLC, chromatography on silica, chromatography on heparin SEPHAROSE™ chromatography on an anion or cation exchange resin (such as a polyaspartic acid column), chromatofocusing, SDS-PAGE, and ammonium sulfate precipitation are also available depending on the antibody to be recovered.

[00312] Following any preliminary purification step(s), the mixture comprising the antibody of interest and contaminants may be subjected to low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography using an elution buffer at a pH between about 2.5-4.5, preferably performed at low salt concentrations (e.g., from about 0-0.25M salt).

[00313] Immunoconjugates

[00314] The invention contemplates immunoconjugates (interchangeably termed

"antibody-drug conjugates" or "ADC"), comprising an anti-BMPR2 antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, a drug, a growth inhibitory agent, a toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).

[00315] The use of antibody-drug conjugates for the local delivery of cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer (Syrigos and Epenetos (1999) Anticancer Research 19:605-614; Niculescu-Duvaz and Springer (1997) Adv. Drg Del. Rev. 26: 151-172; U.S. patent 4,975,278) allows targeted delivery of the drug moiety to tumors, and intracellular accumulation therein, where systemic administration of these unconjugated drug agents may result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the tumor cells sought to be eliminated (Baldwin et al, (1986) Lancet pp. (Mar. 15, 1986):603-05; Thorpe, (1985) "Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review," in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications, A. Pinchera et al. (ed.s), pp. 475-506). Maximal efficacy with minimal toxicity is sought thereby. Both polyclonal antibodies and monoclonal antibodies have been reported as useful in these strategies (Rowland et al, (1986) Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 21 : 183-87). Drugs used in these methods include daunomycin, doxorubicin, methotrexate, and vindesine (Rowland et al, (1986) supra). Toxins used in antibody-toxin conjugates include bacterial toxins such as diphtheria toxin, plant toxins such as ricin, small molecule toxins such as geldanamycin (Mandler et al (2000) Jour, of the Nat. Cancer Inst. 92(19): 1573- 1581; Mandler et al (2000) Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 10: 1025-1028; Mandler et al (2002) Bioconjugate Chem. 13:786-791), maytansinoids (EP 1391213; Liu et al, (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:8618-8623), and calicheamicin (Lode et al (1998) Cancer Res. 58:2928; Hinman et al (1993) Cancer Res. 53:3336-3342). The toxins may affect their cytotoxic and cytostatic effects by mechanisms including tubulin binding, DNA binding, or topoisomerase inhibition. Some cytotoxic drugs tend to be inactive or less active when conjugated to large antibodies or protein receptor ligands.

[00316] ZEVALIN® (ibritumomab tiuxetan, Biogen/Idec) is an antibody-radioisotope conjugate composed of a murine IgGl kappa monoclonal antibody directed against the CD20 antigen found on the surface of normal and malignant B lymphocytes and 1 1 lln or 90 Y radioisotope bound by a thiourea linker-chelator (Wiseman et al (2000) Eur. Jour. Nucl. Med. 27(7):766-77; Wiseman et al (2002) Blood 99(12):4336-42; Witzig et al (2002) J. Clin.

Oncol. 20(10):2453-63; Witzig et al (2002) J. Clin. Oncol. 20(15):3262-69). Although ZEVALIN has activity against B-cell non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL), administration results in severe and prolonged cytopenias in most patients. MYLOTARG™ (gemtuzumab ozogamicin, Wyeth Pharmaceuticals), an antibody drug conjugate composed of a hu CD33 antibody linked to calicheamicin, was approved in 2000 for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia by injection (Drugs of the Future (2000) 25(7):686; US Patent Nos. 4970198;

5079233; 5585089; 5606040; 5693762; 5739116; 5767285; 5773001). Cantuzumab mertansine (Immunogen, Inc.), an antibody drug conjugate composed of the huC242 antibody linked via the disulfide linker SPP to the maytansinoid drug moiety, DM1, is advancing into Phase II trials for the treatment of cancers that express CanAg, such as colon, pancreatic, gastric, and others. MLN-2704 (Millennium Pharm., BZL Biologies, Immunogen Inc.), an antibody drug conjugate composed of the anti-prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA) monoclonal antibody linked to the maytansinoid drug moiety, DM1, is under development for the potential treatment of prostate tumors. The auristatin peptides, auristatin E (AE) and monomethylauristatin (MMAE), synthetic analogs of dolastatin, were conjugated to chimeric monoclonal antibodies cBR96 (specific to Lewis Y on carcinomas) and cACIO (specific to CD30 on hematological malignancies) (Doronina et al (2003) Nature Biotechnology

21(7):778-784) and are under therapeutic development.

[00317] Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the generation of immunoconjugates are described herein (e.g., see above). Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAP II, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes. See, e.g., WO 93/21232 published October 28, 1993. A variety of

radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include 212Bi, 131I, 131In, 90Y, and 186Re. Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein-coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2- pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HC1), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)- ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al, Science, 238: 1098 (1987). Carbon- 14-labeled 1- isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See

WO94/11026.

[00318] Conjugates of an antibody and one or more small molecule toxins, such as a calicheamicin, maytansinoids, dolastatins, aurostatins, a trichothecene, and CC1065, and the derivatives of these toxins that have toxin activity, are also contemplated herein.

[00319] Maytansine and maytansinoids

[00320] In some embodiments, the immunoconjugate comprises an antibody (full length or fragments) conjugated to one or more maytansinoid molecules.

[00321] Maytansinoids are mitototic inhibitors which act by inhibiting tubulin polymerization. Maytansine was first isolated from the east African shrub Maytenus serrata (U.S. Patent No. 3,896,111). Subsequently, it was discovered that certain microbes also produce maytansinoids, such as maytansinol and C-3 maytansinol esters (U.S. Patent No. 4,151,042). Synthetic maytansinol and derivatives and analogues thereof are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,137,230; 4,248,870; 4,256,746; 4,260,608; 4,265,814;

4,294,757; 4,307,016; 4,308,268; 4,308,269; 4,309,428; 4,313,946; 4,315,929; 4,317,821; 4,322,348; 4,331,598; 4,361,650; 4,364,866; 4,424,219; 4,450,254; 4,362,663; and

4,371,533.

[00322] Maytansinoid drug moieties are attractive drug moieties in antibody drug conjugates because they are: (i) relatively accessible to prepare by fermentation or chemical modification, derivatization of fermentation products, (ii) amenable to derivatization with functional groups suitable for conjugation through the non-disulfide linkers to antibodies, (iii) stable in plasma, and (iv) effective against a variety of tumor cell lines.

[00323] Immunoconjugates containing maytansinoids, methods of making same, and their therapeutic use are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425 235 Bl, the disclosures of which are hereby expressly

incorporated by reference. Liu et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:8618-8623 (1996) described immunoconjugates comprising a maytansinoid designated DM1 linked to the monoclonal antibody C242 directed against human colorectal cancer. The conjugate was found to be highly cytotoxic towards cultured colon cancer cells, and showed antitumor activity in an in vivo tumor growth assay. Chari et al., Cancer Research 52: 127-131 (1992) describe immunoconjugates in which a maytansinoid was conjugated via a disulfide linker to the murine antibody A7 binding to an antigen on human colon cancer cell lines, or to another murine monoclonal antibody TA.1 that binds the HER-2/neu oncogene. The cytotoxicity of the TA.1 -maytansinoid conjugate was tested in vitro on the human breast cancer cell line SK- BR-3, which expresses 3 x 105 HER-2 surface antigens per cell. The drug conjugate achieved a degree of cytotoxicity similar to the free maytansinoid drug, which could be increased by increasing the number of maytansinoid molecules per antibody molecule. The A7 -maytansinoid conjugate showed low systemic cytotoxicity in mice.

[00324] Antibody-maytansinoid conjugates are prepared by chemically linking an antibody to a maytansinoid molecule without significantly diminishing the biological activity of either the antibody or the maytansinoid molecule. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,208,020 (the disclosure of which is hereby expressly incorporated by reference). An average of 3-4 maytansinoid molecules conjugated per antibody molecule has shown efficacy in enhancing cytotoxicity of target cells without negatively affecting the function or solubility of the antibody, although even one molecule of toxin/antibody would be expected to enhance cytotoxicity over the use of naked antibody. Maytansinoids are well known in the art and can be synthesized by known techniques or isolated from natural sources. Suitable maytansinoids are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,208,020 and in the other patents and nonpatent publications referred to hereinabove. Preferred maytansinoids are maytansinol and maytansinol analogues modified in the aromatic ring or at other positions of the maytansinol molecule, such as various maytansinol esters.

[00325] There are many linking groups known in the art for making antibody- maytansinoid conjugates, including, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent No.

5,208,020 or EP Patent 0 425 235 Bl, Chari et al, Cancer Research 52: 127-131 (1992), and U.S. Patent Application No. 10/960,602, filed Oct. 8, 2004, the disclosures of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Antibody-maytansinoid conjugates comprising the linker component SMCC may be prepared as disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 10/960,602, filed Oct. 8, 2004. The linking groups include disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups, or esterase labile groups, as disclosed in the above-identified patents, disulfide and thioether groups being preferred. Additional linking groups are described and exemplified herein.

[00326] Conjugates of the antibody and maytansinoid may be made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HC1), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis- azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6- diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). Particularly preferred coupling agents include N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) (Carlsson et al, Biochem. J. 173:723-737 (1978)) and N-succinimidyl-4-(2- pyridylthio)pentanoate (SPP) to provide for a disulfide linkage.

[00327] The linker may be attached to the maytansinoid molecule at various positions, depending on the type of the link. For example, an ester linkage may be formed by reaction with a hydroxyl group using conventional coupling techniques. The reaction may occur at the C-3 position having a hydroxyl group, the C-14 position modified with hydroxymethyl, the C-15 position modified with a hydroxyl group, and the C-20 position having a hydroxyl group. In a preferred embodiment, the linkage is formed at the C-3 position of maytansinol or a maytansinol analogue.

[00328] Auristatins and dolastatins

[00329] In some embodiments, the immunoconjugate comprises an antibody conjugated to dolastatins or dolostatin peptidic analogs and derivatives, the auristatins (US Patent Nos. 5635483; 5780588). Dolastatins and auristatins have been shown to interfere with microtubule dynamics, GTP hydrolysis, and nuclear and cellular division (Woyke et al (2001) Antimicrob. Agents and Chemother. 45(12) :3580-3584) and have anticancer (US 5663149) and antifungal activity (Pettit et al (1998) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother.

42:2961-2965). The dolastatin or auristatin drug moiety may be attached to the antibody through the N (amino) terminus or the C (carboxyl) terminus of the pe tidic drug moiety (WO 02/088172).

[00330] Exemplary auristatin embodiments include the N-terminus linked

monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF, disclosed in "Monomethylvaline

Compounds Capable of Conjugation to Ligands", US Ser. No. 10/983,340, filed Nov. 5, 2004, the disclosure of which is expressly incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[00331] Typically, peptide-based drug moieties can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments. Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to the liquid phase synthesis method (see E. Schroder and K. Liibke, "The Peptides", volume 1, pp 76-136, 1965, Academic Press) that is well known in the field of peptide chemistry. The auristatin/dolastatin drug moieties may be prepared according to the methods of: US 5635483; US 5780588; Pettit et al (1989) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111 :5463-5465; Pettit et al (1998) Anti-Cancer Drug Design 13:243-277; Pettit, G.R., et al. Synthesis, 1996, 719-725; and Pettit et al (1996) J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1 5:859-863. See also Doronina (2003) Nat Biotechnol 21(7):778-784; "Monomethylvaline Compounds Capable of Conjugation to Ligands", US Ser. No. 10/983,340, filed Nov. 5, 2004, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety (disclosing, e.g., linkers and methods of preparing monomethylvaline compounds such as MMAE and MMAF conjugated to linkers).

[00332] Calicheamicin

[00333] In other embodiments, the immunoconjugate comprises an antibody conjugated to one or more calicheamicin molecules. The calicheamicin family of antibiotics are capable of producing double-stranded DNA breaks at sub-picomolar concentrations. For the preparation of conjugates of the calicheamicin family, see U.S. patents 5,712,374, 5,714,586, 5,739,116, 5,767,285, 5,770,701, 5,770,710, 5,773,001, 5,877,296 (all to

American Cyanamid Company). Structural analogues of calicheamicin which may be used include, but are not limited to, γΐΐ, all, a3I, N-acetyl-γΙΙ, PSAG and ΘΙ1 (Hinman et al, Cancer Research 53:3336-3342 (1993), Lode et al, Cancer Research 58:2925-2928 (1998) and the aforementioned U.S. patents to American Cyanamid). Another anti-tumor drug that the antibody can be conjugated is QFA which is an antifolate. Both calicheamicin and QFA have intracellular sites of action and do not readily cross the plasma membrane. Therefore, cellular uptake of these agents through antibody mediated internalization greatly enhances their cytotoxic effects.

[00334] Other cytotoxic agents

[00335] Other antitumor agents that can be conjugated to the antibodies include

BCNU, streptozoicin, vincristine and 5-fluorouracil, the family of agents known collectively LL-E33288 complex described in U.S. patents 5,053,394, 5,770,710, as well as esperamicins (U.S. patent 5,877,296).

[00336] Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof which can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAP II, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the tricothecenes. See, for example, WO 93/21232 published October 28, 1993.

[00337] The present invention further contemplates an immunoconjugate formed between an antibody and a compound with nucleolytic activity (e.g., a ribonuclease or a DNA endonuclease such as a deoxyribonuclease; DNase).

[00338] For selective destruction of the tumor, the antibody may comprise a highly radioactive atom. A variety of radioactive isotopes are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include At211, 1131, 1125, Y90, Re186, Re188, Sm153, Bi212,

P 32 , Pb 212 and radioactive isotopes of Lu. When the conjugate is used for detection, it may comprise a radioactive atom for scintigraphic studies, for example tc99m or 1123, or a spin label for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging (also known as magnetic resonance imaging, mri), such as iodine- 123 again, iodine-131, indium-I l l, fluorine- 19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen- 17, gadolinium, manganese or iron.

[00339] The radio- or other labels may be incorporated in the conjugate in known ways. For example, the peptide may be biosynthesized or may be synthesized by chemical amino acid synthesis using suitable amino acid precursors involving, for example, fluorine- 19 in place of hydrogen. Labels such as tc"m or I123, Re186, Re188 and In111 can be attached via a cysteine residue in the peptide. Yttrium-90 can be attached via a lysine residue. The

IODOGEN method (Fraker et al (1978) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 80: 49-57) can be used to incorporate iodine- 123. "Monoclonal Antibodies in Immunoscintigraphy"

(Chatal,CRC Press 1989) describes other methods in detail.

[00340] Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent may be made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HC1), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis- azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6- diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science 238: 1098 (1987). Carbon- 14-labeled 1 -isothiocyanatobenzyl-3 -methyldiethylene

triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See W094/11026. The linker may be a "cleavable linker" facilitating release of the cytotoxic drug in the cell. For example, an acid-labile linker, peptidase-sensitive linker, photolabile linker, dimethyl linker or disulfide-containing linker (Chari et al, Cancer Research 52: 127-131 (1992); U.S. Patent No. 5,208,020) may be used.

[00341] The compounds expressly contemplate, but are not limited to, ADC prepared with cross-linker reagents: BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS, MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMCC, SMPB, SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and SVSB (succinimidyl-(4- vinylsulfone)benzoate) which are commercially available (e.g., from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc., Rockford, IL., U.S.A). See pages 467-498, 2003-2004 Applications Handbook and Catalog.

[00342] Preparation of antibody drug conjugates

[00343] In the antibody drug conjugates (ADC), an antibody (Ab) is conjugated to one or more drug moieties (D), e.g. about 1 to about 20 drug moieties per antibody, through a linker (L). The ADC of Formula I may be prepared by several routes, employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a nucleophilic group of an antibody with a bivalent linker reagent, to form Ab-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a drug moiety D; and (2) reaction of a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a bivalent linker reagent, to form D-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with the nucleophilic group of an antibody. Additional methods for preparing ADC are described herein.

Ab-(L-D)p I

[00344] The linker may be composed of one or more linker components. Exemplary linker components include 6-maleimidocaproyl ("MC"), maleimidopropanoyl ("MP"), valine-citrulline ("val-cit"), alanine -phenylalanine ("ala-phe"), p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl ("PAB"), N-Succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridylthio) pentanoate ("SPP"), N-Succinimidyl 4-(N- maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1 carboxylate ("SMCC), and N-Succinimidyl (4-iodo- acetyl) aminobenzoate ("SIAB"). Additional linker components are known in the art and some are described herein. See also "Monomethylvaline Compounds Capable of

Conjugation to Ligands", US Ser. No. 10/983,340, filed Nov. 5, 2004, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[00345] In some embodiments, the linker may comprise amino acid residues.

Exemplary amino acid linker components include a dipeptide, a tripeptide, a tetrapeptide or a pentapeptide. Exemplary dipeptides include: valine-citrulline (vc or val-cit), alanine- phenylalanine (af or ala-phe). Exemplary tripeptides include: glycine-valine-citrulline (gly- val-cit) and glycine-glycine-glycine (gly-gly-gly). Amino acid residues which comprise an amino acid linker component include those occurring naturally, as well as minor amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline. Amino acid linker components can be designed and optimized in their selectivity for enzymatic cleavage by a particular enzymes, for example, a tumor-associated protease, cathepsin B, C and D, or a plasmin protease.

[00346] Nucleophilic groups on antibodies include, but are not limited to: (i) N- terminal amine groups, (ii) side chain amine groups, e.g. lysine, (iii) side chain thiol groups, e.g. cysteine, and (iv) sugar hydroxyl or amino groups where the antibody is glycosylated. Amine, thiol, and hydroxyl groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups. Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine bridges. Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (dithiothreitol). Each cysteine bridge will thus form, theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles. Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through the reaction of lysines with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent) resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol. Reactive thiol groups may be introduced into the antibody (or fragment thereof) by introducing one, two, three, four, or more cysteine residues (e.g., preparing mutant antibodies comprising one or more non-native cysteine amino acid residues).

[00347] Antibody drug conjugates may also be produced by modification of the antibody to introduce electrophilic moieties, which can react with nucleophilic substituents on the linker reagent or drug. The sugars of glycosylated antibodies may be oxidized, e.g. with periodate oxidizing reagents, to form aldehyde or ketone groups which may react with the amine group of linker reagents or drug moieties. The resulting imine Schiff base groups may form a stable linkage, or may be reduced, e.g. by borohydride reagents to form stable amine linkages. In one embodiment, reaction of the carbohydrate portion of a glycosylated antibody with either glactose oxidase or sodium meta-periodate may yield carbonyl (aldehyde and ketone) groups in the protein that can react with appropriate groups on the drug

(Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques). In another embodiment, proteins containing N- terminal serine or threonine residues can react with sodium meta-periodate, resulting in production of an aldehyde in place of the first amino acid (Geoghegan & Stroh, (1992) Bioconjugate Chem. 3: 138-146; US 5362852). Such aldehyde can be reacted with a drug moiety or linker nucleophile.

[00348] Likewise, nucleophilic groups on a drug moiety include, but are not limited to: amine, thiol, hydroxyl, hydrazide, oxime, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide groups capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups.

[00349] Alternatively, a fusion protein comprising the antibody and cytotoxic agent may be made, e.g., by recombinant techniques or peptide synthesis. The length of DNA may comprise respective regions encoding the two portions of the conjugate either adjacent one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide which does not destroy the desired properties of the conjugate. [00350] In yet another embodiment, the antibody may be conjugated to a "receptor"

(such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pre-targeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a "ligand" (e.g., avidin) which is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a radionucleotide).

[00351] Covalent Modifications to BMPR2 polypeptides

[00352] Covalent modifications of the polypeptide antagonists of the invention (e.g., a polypeptide antagonist fragment, a BMPR2 fusion molecule, such as a BMPR2

imunoadhesin, or an anti-BMPR2 antibody), are included within the scope of this invention. They may be made by chemical synthesis or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of the polypeptide, if applicable. Other types of covalent modifications of the polypeptide are introduced into the molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the polypeptide with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues, or by incorporating a modified amino acid or unnatural amino acid into the growing polypeptide chain, e.g., Ellman et al. Meth. Enzym. 202:301-336 (1991); Noren et al. Science 244: 182 (1989); and, & US Patent application publications 20030108885 and 20030082575.

[00353] Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with a-haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, a-bromo-P-(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N- alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p- chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-l,3- diazole.

[00354] Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH

5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain. Para- bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is typically performed in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0.

[00355] Lysinyl and amino-terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues. Other suitable reagents for derivatizing a-amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate, pyridoxal phosphate, pyridoxal, chloroborohydride, trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid, O-methylisourea, 2,4-pentanedione, and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.

[00356] Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1 ,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high pKa of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.

[00357] The specific modification of tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane. Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives,

125 131

respectively. Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 1 JI or to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay.

[00358] Carboxyl side groups (aspartyl or glutamyl) are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R-N=C=N-R'), where R and R' are different alkyl groups, such as l-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or l-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4- dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide. Furthermore, aspartyl and glutamyl residues are converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.

[00359] Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. These residues are deamidated under neutral or basic conditions. The deamidated form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.

[00360] Other modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine,

phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the a-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T.E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 (1983)), acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group.

[00361] Another type of covalent modification involves chemically or enzymatically coupling glycosides to a polypeptide of the invention. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the polypeptide in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- or O-linked glycosylation. Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine. These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published 11 September 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981).

[00362] Removal of any carbohydrate moieties present on a polypeptide of the invention may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically. Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the polypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al. Anal. Biochem., 118: 131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties, e.g., on antibodies, can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al. Meth. Enzymol. 138:350 (1987).

[00363] Another type of covalent modification of a polypeptide of the invention comprises linking the polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.

[00364] Pharmaceutical Formulations

[00365] Therapeutic formulations comprising an antibody or immunoadhesin of the invention are prepared for storage by mixing the antibody having the desired degree of purity with optional physiologically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition (2000)), in the form of aqueous solutions, lyophilized or other dried formulations. Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, histidine and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride;

hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol;

cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g., Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG).

[00366] The formulation herein may also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.

[00367] The active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsule prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsule and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsule, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin

microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition (2000).

[00368] The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.

[00369] Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the immunoglobulin, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsule. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and γ ethyl-L- glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods. When encapsulated immunoglobulins remain in the body for a long time, they may denature or aggregate as a result of exposure to moisture at 37°C, resulting in a loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity. Rational strategies can be devised for stabilization depending on the mechanism involved. For example, if the aggregation mechanism is discovered to be intermolecular S-S bond formation through thio-disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by modifying sulfhydryl residues, lyophilizing from acidic solutions, controlling moisture content, using appropriate additives, and developing specific polymer matrix compositions.

[00370] It is further contemplated that an agent useful in the invention can be introduced to a subject by gene therapy. Gene therapy refers to therapy performed by the administration of a nucleic acid to a subject. In gene therapy applications, genes are introduced into cells in order to achieve in vivo synthesis of a therapeutically effective genetic product, for example for replacement of a defective gene. "Gene therapy" includes both conventional gene therapy where a lasting effect is achieved by a single treatment, and the administration of gene therapeutic agents, which involves the one time or repeated administration of a therapeutically effective DNA or mRNA. Antisense RNAs and DNAs or siRNA can be used as therapeutic agents for blocking the expression of certain genes in vivo. It has already been shown that short antisense oligonucleotides can be imported into cells where they act as inhibitors, despite their low intracellular concentrations caused by their restricted uptake by the cell membrane. (Zamecnik et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA

83:4143-4146 (1986)). The oligonucleotides can be modified to enhance their uptake, e.g. by substituting their negatively charged phosphodiester groups by uncharged groups. For general reviews of the methods of gene therapy, see, for example, Goldspiel et al. Clinical Pharmacy 12:488-505 (1993); Wu and Wu Biotherapy 3:87-95 (1991); Tolstoshev Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 32:573-596 (1993); Mulligan Science 260:926-932 (1993); Morgan and Anderson Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62: 191-217 (1993); and May TIBTECH 11 : 155-215 (1993). Methods commonly known in the art of recombinant DNA technology which can be used are described in Ausubel et al. eds. (1993) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, NY; and Kriegler (1990) Gene Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press, NY.

[00371] Dosage and Administration

[00372] The molecules are administered to a human patient, in accord with known methods, such as intravenous administration as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracerobrospinal, subcutaneous, intraarticular, intrasynovial, intrathecal, oral, topical, or inhalation routes, and/or subcutaneous administration.

[00373] In certain embodiments, the treatment of the invention involves the combined administration of a BMPR2 antagonist and one or more anti-cancer agents, e.g., anti- angiogenesis agents or anti-lymphangiogenesis agents. In one embodiment, additional anticancer agents are present, e.g., one or more different anti-angiogenesis agents, one or more chemotherapeutic agents, etc. The invention also contemplates administration of multiple inhibitors, e.g., multiple antibodies to the same antigen or multiple antibodies to different cancer active molecules. In one embodiment, a cocktail of different chemotherapeutic agents is administered with the BMPR2 antagonist and/or one or more anti-angiogenesis agents. The combined administration includes coadministration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and/or consecutive administration in either order. For example, a BMPR2 antagonist may precede, follow, alternate with administration of the anticancer agents, or may be given simultaneously therewith. In one embodiment, there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities.

[00374] For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of BMPR2 antagonist will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the inhibitor is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the inhibitor, and the discretion of the attending physician. The inhibitor is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. In a combination therapy regimen, the compositions of the invention are administered in a therapeutically effective amount or a therapeutically synergistic amount. As used herein, a therapeutically effective amount is such that administration of a composition of the invention and/or co-administration of BMPR2 antagonist and one or more other therapeutic agents, results in reduction or inhibition of the targeting disease or condition. The effect of the administration of a combination of agents can be additive. In one embodiment, the result of the administration is a synergistic effect. A therapeutically synergistic amount is that amount of BMPR2 antagonist and one or more other therapeutic agents, e.g., an angiogenesis inhibitor, necessary to synergistically or significantly reduce or eliminate conditions or symptoms associated with a particular disease.

[00375] Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 μg/kg to 50 mg/kg

(e.g. 0.1-20mg/kg) of BMPR2 antagonist or angiogenesis inhibitor is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. A typical daily dosage might range from about 1 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. However, other dosage regimens may be useful. Typically, the clinician will administered a molecule(s) until a dosage(s) is reached that provides the required biological effect. The progress of the therapy of the invention is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.

[00376] For example, preparation and dosing schedules for angiogenesis inhibitors, e.g., anti-VEGF antibodies, such as AVASTIN® (Genentech), may be used according to manufacturers' instructions or determined empirically by the skilled practitioner. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg (e.g., 0.1-20 mg/kg) of VEGF-specific antagonist is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. A typical daily dosage might range from about 1 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. In some embodiments, particularly desirable dosages include, for example, 5 mg/kg, 7.5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, and 15 mg/kg. For repeated

administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment is sustained until the cancer is treated, as measured by the methods described above or known in the art. However, other dosage regimens may be useful. In one example, if the VEGF- specific antagonist is an antibody, the antibody of the invention is administered once every week, every two weeks, or every three weeks, at a dose range from about 5 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg, including but not limited to 7.5 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg. The progress of the therapy of the invention is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.

[00377] In one example, bevacizumab is the VEGF-specific antagonist. Bevacizumab is supplied for therapeutic uses in 100 mg and 400 mg preservative-free, single-use vials to deliver 4 ml or 16 ml of bevacizumab (25 mg/ml). The 100 mg product is formulated in 240 mg a, a-trehalose dehydrate, 23.2 mg sodium phosphate (monobasic, monohydrate), 4.8 mg sodium phosphate (dibasic, anhydrous), 1.6 mg polysorbate 20, and Water for Injection, USP. The 400 mg product is formulated in 960 mg a, a-trehalose dehydrate, 92.8 mg sodium phosphate (monobasic, monohydrate), 19.2 mg sodium phosphate (dibasic, anhydrous), 6.4 mg polysorbate 20, and Water for Injection, USP.

[00378] In another example, preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapeutic agents may be used according to manufacturers' instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner. Preparation and dosing schedules for chemotherapy are also described in Chemotherapy Service Ed., M.C. Perry, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD (1992).

[00379] Efficacy of the Treatment

[00380] The efficacy of the treatment of the invention can be measured by various endpoints commonly used in evaluating neoplastic or non-neoplastic disorders. For example, cancer treatments can be evaluated by, e.g., but not limited to, tumor regression, tumor weight or size shrinkage, time to progression, duration of survival, progression free survival, overall response rate, duration of response, and quality of life. Because the anti-angiogenesis agents described herein target the tumor vasculature and not necessarily the neoplastic cells themselves, they represent a unique class of anticancer drugs, and therefore can require unique measures and definitions of clinical responses to drugs. For example, tumor shrinkage of greater than 50% in a 2-dimensional analysis is the standard cut-off for declaring a response. However, the inhibitors may cause inhibition of metastatic spread without shrinkage of the primary tumor, or may simply exert a tumouristatic effect. Accordingly, approaches to determining efficacy of the therapy can be employed, including for example, measurement of plasma or urinary markers of angiogenesis and measurement of response through radiological imaging.

[00381] The following examples are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting upon the teachings herein.

EXAMPLES

[00382] Example 1: Generation of a BMPR2.Fc molecule

[00383] Using standard molecular biology techniques, a BMPR2.Fc molecule was generated by attaching the extracellular domain of BMPR2 (amino acid residues 1-149 of human BMPR2) to the Fc region of human IgGi via a polypeptide linker. Briefly, an extracellular fragment of human BMPR2 (amino acid 1-149) was subcloned into a pR 5 vector that had been engineered for the expression of fusion protein with a C-terminal Fc of human IgGl . BMPR2.Fc was purified with Protein-A affinity chromatography from conditioned medium harvested from serum- free culture of CHO cells transiently transfected with the expression plasmid. The BMPR2.Fc molecule had the following cDNA and amino acid sequences:

BMPR2.Fc cDNA sequence:

ATGACTTCCTCGCTGCAGCGGCCCTGGCGGGTGCCCTGGCTACCATGGACCATCC

TGCTGGTCAGCACTGCGGCTGCTTCGCAGAATCAAGAACGGCTATGTGCGTTTAA

AGATCCGTATCAGCAAGACCTTGGGATAGGTGAGAGTAGAATCTCTCATGAAAA

TGGGACAATATTATGCTCGAAAGGTAGCACCTGCTATGGCCTTTGGGAGAAATCA

AAAGGGGACATAAATCTTGTAAAACAAGGATGTTGGTCTCACATTGGAGATCCC

CAAGAGTGTCACTATGAAGAATGTGTAGTAACTACCACTCCTCCCTCAATTCAGA

ATGGAACATACCGTTTCTGCTGTTGTAGCACAGATTTATGTAATGTCAACTTTACT

GAGAATTTTCCACCTCCTGACACAACACCACTCAGTCCACCTCATTCATTTAACC

GAGATGAGACCGGTGTCACCGACAAAACTCACACATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGCAC

CTGAACT

CCTGGGGGGACCGTCAGTCTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATG

ATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGAC

CCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCCAAG

ACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTC

ACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCC

AACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGCAG

CCCCGAGAACCACAGGTGTACACCCTGCCCCCATCCCGGGAAGAGATGACCAAG

AACCAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTCAAAGGCTTCTATCCCAGCGACATCGCCG

TGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAACAACTACAAGACCACGCCTCCCG

TGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTCTACAGCAAGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAG

CAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTCTCATGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCAC

AACCACTACACGCAGAAGAGCCTCTCCCTGTCTCCGGGTAAATGA (SEQ ID NO: l)

BMPR2.Fc protein sequence:

MTSSLQRPWRVPWLPWTILLVSTAAASQNQERLCAFKDPYQQDLGIGESRISHENGTI

LCSKGSTCYGLWEKSKGDINLVKQGCWSHIGDPQECHYEECWTTTPPSIQNGTYRF

CCCSTDLCNVNFTENFPPPDTTPLSPPHSFNRDETGVTDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVF

LFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVWDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYN

STYRWSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPS REEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK (SEQ ID NO:2)

[00384] Example 2: BMPR2.Fc blocks BMP9 and BMPlO-induced Smad6

expression

[00385] In hibition of BMP9 and BMP 10 upregulation of Smad6 expression in

HUVEC was analyzed using qPCR. For stimulation of HUVEC, 13000 cells per well were plated into 96 well plates in growth media. 16 hours later cells were serum starved (EGM2) for 3 hours and stimulated with rhBMP9 or rhBMPlO for 3 hours. Test samples were pre- treated with 100 μg/ml BMPR2.Fc. RNA isolation and cDNA synthesis was performed using TaqMan Gene Expression Cells-to-CT kit (Applied Biosystems) according to manufactures protocol. Gene expression was analyzed using Taqman Gene Expression Master Mix

(Applied Biosystems), GAPDH (Hs00266705_gl) and Smad6 (Hs00178579_ml) specific Taqman Gene Expression Assays (Applied Biosystems), and analyzed on an Applied Biosystems 7500 RT-PCR system. qPCR results were normalized to GAPDH and then to the untreated samples.

[00386] BMPR2Fc was able to block both BMP9 and BMP 10 induced Smad6 expression (Figure 1), suggesting BMPR2 is a potential type II receptor for BMP9/10 signaling.

[00387] Example 3: Treatment with BMPR2.Fc affects vascular and lymphatic development in vivo

[00388] Neonatal mice were used to study the effect of BMPR2.Fc on vascular and lymphatic development. Mice were injected i.p. with BMPR2.Fc (10 mg/kg body weight) on postnatal day 1 (PI) and P3. On P6, mice were anesthetized. FITC-labeled Lycopersicon Esculentum Lectin (150 μg in 150 μΐ of 0.9% NaCl; Vector Laboratories) was injected intracardially and allowed to circulate for 3 min. Eyes were collected and fixed with 4% PFA in PBS overnight, followed by PBS washes. The dissected retinas were blocked with 10% goat serum in PBST (PBS, 0.5% Triton X-100) for 3 hrs, then incubated overnight with biotinylated isolectin B4 (1 : 100, Bandeiraea simplicifolia; Molecular Probe) or Cy3- conjugated anti-alpha smooth muscle actin (ASMA, 1 :200, Sigma- Aldrich), with 10% goat serum in PBST. To visualize the biotynylated isolectin B4, retinas were then washed 4 times in PBST, and incubated overnight with Cy3 -stre tavidin (1 :200, Sigma- Aldrich). After staining was completed, retinas were washed 4 times in PBST. All overnight incubations were done at 4°C. Images of flat mounted retinas were captured by confocal fluorescence microscopy. Early postnatal retina develops a stereotypic vascular pattern in a well-defined sequence of events. The superficial retinal vasculature develops as an expanding network from the optic nerve head, with active sprouting at the periphery and extensive remodeling at the center. Different aspects of vessel development, e.g. vessel sprouting, remodeling, maturation and arterial-venous specification can be readily followed.

[00389] For studying the effect of BMPR2.Fc on lymphangiogenesis, mice were injected i.p. with BMPR2.Fc ((10 mg/kg body weight) on postnatal day 1 (PI) and P3, and tissue was harvested on P6. The tail skin dermis was separated from the epidermis, washed with PBS and used in subsequent staining. Tissues were fixed for 2 hrs with 4% PFA in PBS at room temperature. After blocking with PHTl (5% goat serum, 0.2% BSA, 0.5% Triton X- 100, NaN3 in PBS) for 2 hrs at room temperature, tissues were incubated overnight with rabbit polyclonal anti-LYVE-1 (1 :500, Upstate), in PHTl . Secondary AlexaFluor594- conjugated goat anti-rabbit (1 :400, Molecular Probes) in PHT2 (2%BSA, 0.5% Triton X-100, in PBS) were used to visualize antigen-antibody complexes. After staining was completed, tissues were washed 4 times in PBST (PBS, 0.5% Triton X-100), post fixed with 4% PFA in PBS for 5-10 min at room temperature, followed by another 4 washes in PBS. All overnight incubations were carried out at 4°C. Images of flat mounted tissues were captured by confocal fluorescence microscopy.

[00390] Treatment with BMPR2.Fc resulted in increased retinal vascular density, decreased SMA staining at P6 and lymphatic vessel defects in P6 neonates (Figure 2).

[00391] Example 4: Lymphatic endothelial cells are responsive to BMPR2 inhibition

[00392] Lymphatic endothelial cell cultured in 3-D fibrin matrix exhibited increased spouting and proliferation upon treatment with BMPR2Fc (Figure 3). Briefly, human dermal lymphatic endothelial cells are coated onto polystyrene beads, embedded into a 3-D fibrin matrix, and allowed to sprout for 3 days.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A method of inhibiting lymphangiogenesis comprising administering to a subject in need of inhibition of lymphangiogenesis an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the lymphangiogensis is inhibited.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the subject suffers from a tumor, cancer, cell proliferative disorder, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy or psoriasis.
3. A method for treating a pathological condition associated with
lymphangiogenesis in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a BMPR2 antagonist, whereby the pathological condition associated with
lymphangiogenesis is treated.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the pathological condition associated with lymphangiogenesis is a tumor, cancer, cell proliferative disorder, macular degeneration, inflammatory mediated disease, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy or psoriasis.
5. The method of claim 2 or 4, wherein the tumor, cancer or cell proliferative disorder is carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, or leukemia.
6. The method of any one of claims 1-5, further comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of an anti-angiogenesis agent.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the anti-angiogenesis agent is an antagonist of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF).
8. The method of any one of claims 1-7, wherein the BMPR2 antagonist is a BMPR2 immunoadhesin.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the BMPR2 immunoadhesin comprises amino acid residues 1-149 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
10. The method of any one of claims 1-7, wherein the BMPR2 antagonist is an anti-BMPR2 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
PCT/US2010/053933 2009-10-26 2010-10-25 Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type ii compositions and methods of use WO2011056502A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US25499509 true 2009-10-26 2009-10-26
US61/254,995 2009-10-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011056502A1 true true WO2011056502A1 (en) 2011-05-12

Family

ID=43480484

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/053933 WO2011056502A1 (en) 2009-10-26 2010-10-25 Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type ii compositions and methods of use

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2011056502A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017176938A1 (en) * 2016-04-06 2017-10-12 Acceleron Pharma, Inc. Bmprii polypeptides and uses thereof

Citations (167)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
US3896111A (en) 1973-02-20 1975-07-22 Research Corp Ansa macrolides
US4137230A (en) 1977-11-14 1979-01-30 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method for the production of maytansinoids
US4151042A (en) 1977-03-31 1979-04-24 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method for producing maytansinol and its derivatives
EP0003089A1 (en) 1978-01-06 1979-07-25 Bernard David Drier for silkscreen printed sheets
US4179337A (en) 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
US4248870A (en) 1978-10-27 1981-02-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids and use
US4256746A (en) 1978-11-14 1981-03-17 Takeda Chemical Industries Dechloromaytansinoids, their pharmaceutical compositions and method of use
US4260608A (en) 1978-11-14 1981-04-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and methods of use thereof
US4265814A (en) 1978-03-24 1981-05-05 Takeda Chemical Industries Matansinol 3-n-hexadecanoate
EP0036776A2 (en) 1980-03-24 1981-09-30 Genentech, Inc. A method of creating an expression plasmid
US4294757A (en) 1979-01-31 1981-10-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd 20-O-Acylmaytansinoids
US4301144A (en) 1979-07-11 1981-11-17 Ajinomoto Company, Incorporated Blood substitute containing modified hemoglobin
US4307016A (en) 1978-03-24 1981-12-22 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Demethyl maytansinoids
US4308268A (en) 1979-06-11 1981-12-29 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and method of use thereof
US4308269A (en) 1979-06-11 1981-12-29 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and method of use thereof
US4309428A (en) 1979-07-30 1982-01-05 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4313946A (en) 1981-01-27 1982-02-02 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Chemotherapeutically active maytansinoids from Trewia nudiflora
US4315929A (en) 1981-01-27 1982-02-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Method of controlling the European corn borer with trewiasine
US4317821A (en) 1979-06-08 1982-03-02 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, their use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US4322348A (en) 1979-06-05 1982-03-30 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4331598A (en) 1979-09-19 1982-05-25 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
USRE30985E (en) 1978-01-01 1982-06-29 Serum-free cell culture media
US4362663A (en) 1979-09-21 1982-12-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoid compound
US4364866A (en) 1979-09-21 1982-12-21 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4371533A (en) 1980-10-08 1983-02-01 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 4,5-Deoxymaytansinoids, their use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
EP0073657A1 (en) 1981-08-31 1983-03-09 Genentech, Inc. Preparation of hepatitis B surface antigen in yeast
US4399216A (en) 1980-02-25 1983-08-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US4419446A (en) 1980-12-31 1983-12-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Recombinant DNA process utilizing a papilloma virus DNA as a vector
US4424219A (en) 1981-05-20 1984-01-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 9-Thiomaytansinoids and their pharmaceutical compositions and use
US4450254A (en) 1980-11-03 1984-05-22 Standard Oil Company Impact improvement of high nitrile resins
EP0117060A2 (en) 1983-01-19 1984-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods of screening and amplification in eukaryotic host cells, and nucleotide sequences and expression vectors for use therein
EP0117058A2 (en) 1983-01-19 1984-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods for producing mature protein in vertebrate host cells
US4496689A (en) 1983-12-27 1985-01-29 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Covalently attached complex of alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor with a water soluble polymer
EP0139383A1 (en) 1983-08-16 1985-05-02 Zymogenetics, Inc. Method for expressing foreign genes in schizosaccharomyces pombe and the use in therapeutic formulations of the products, DNA constructs and transformant strains of schizosaccharomyces pombe usable in such method and their preparation
US4560655A (en) 1982-12-16 1985-12-24 Immunex Corporation Serum-free cell culture medium and process for making same
EP0183070A2 (en) 1984-10-30 1986-06-04 Phillips Petroleum Company Transformation of yeasts of the genus pichia
US4601978A (en) 1982-11-24 1986-07-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Mammalian metallothionein promoter system
WO1987000195A1 (en) 1985-06-28 1987-01-15 Celltech Limited Animal cell culture
US4640835A (en) 1981-10-30 1987-02-03 Nippon Chemiphar Company, Ltd. Plasminogen activator derivatives
US4657866A (en) 1982-12-21 1987-04-14 Sudhir Kumar Serum-free, synthetic, completely chemically defined tissue culture media
US4670417A (en) 1985-06-19 1987-06-02 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Hemoglobin combined with a poly(alkylene oxide)
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
WO1987005330A1 (en) 1986-03-07 1987-09-11 Michel Louis Eugene Bergh Method for enhancing glycoprotein stability
EP0244234A2 (en) 1986-04-30 1987-11-04 Alko Group Ltd. Transformation of trichoderma
US4767704A (en) 1983-10-07 1988-08-30 Columbia University In The City Of New York Protein-free culture medium
US4791192A (en) 1986-06-26 1988-12-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified protein with polyethyleneglycol
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
DD266710A3
WO1989005859A1 (en) 1987-12-21 1989-06-29 The Upjohn Company Agrobacterium mediated transformation of germinating plant seeds
GB2211504A (en) 1987-10-23 1989-07-05 Nat Res Dev Fowlpox virus promoters
EP0362179A2 (en) 1988-08-25 1990-04-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Recombinant saccharomyces
WO1990003430A1 (en) 1988-09-23 1990-04-05 Cetus Corporation Cell culture medium for enhanced cell growth, culture longevity and product expression
US4927762A (en) 1986-04-01 1990-05-22 Cell Enterprises, Inc. Cell culture medium with antioxidant
US4943529A (en) 1982-05-19 1990-07-24 Gist-Brocades Nv Kluyveromyces as a host strain
US4946783A (en) 1987-01-30 1990-08-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Periplasmic protease mutants of Escherichia coli
US4965199A (en) 1984-04-20 1990-10-23 Genentech, Inc. Preparation of functional human factor VIII in mammalian cells using methotrexate based selection
EP0394538A1 (en) 1989-04-28 1990-10-31 Rhein Biotech Gesellschaft Fur Neue Biotechnologische Prozesse Und Produkte Mbh A yeast cell of the genus schwanniomyces
US4970198A (en) 1985-10-17 1990-11-13 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor antibiotics (LL-E33288 complex)
WO1990013646A1 (en) 1989-04-28 1990-11-15 Transgene S.A. Application of novel dna fragments as a coding sequence for a signal peptide for the secretion of mature proteins by recombinant yeast, expression cassettes, transformed yeasts and corresponding process for the preparation of proteins
US4975278A (en) 1988-02-26 1990-12-04 Bristol-Myers Company Antibody-enzyme conjugates in combination with prodrugs for the delivery of cytotoxic agents to tumor cells
EP0402226A1 (en) 1989-06-06 1990-12-12 Institut National De La Recherche Agronomique Transformation vectors for yeast yarrowia
EP0404097A2 (en) 1989-06-22 1990-12-27 BEHRINGWERKE Aktiengesellschaft Bispecific and oligospecific, mono- and oligovalent receptors, production and applications thereof
WO1991000360A1 (en) 1989-06-29 1991-01-10 Medarex, Inc. Bispecific reagents for aids therapy
WO1991000357A1 (en) 1989-06-30 1991-01-10 Cayla New strain with filamentous fungi mutants, process for the production of recombinant proteins using said strain, and strains and proteins produced by said process
US5010182A (en) 1987-07-28 1991-04-23 Chiron Corporation DNA constructs containing a Kluyveromyces alpha factor leader sequence for directing secretion of heterologous polypeptides
WO1991008298A2 (en) 1989-11-22 1991-06-13 Genentech, Inc. Fusion proteins consisting of a ligand binding protein and a stable plasma protein
WO1991010741A1 (en) 1990-01-12 1991-07-25 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
US5053394A (en) 1988-09-21 1991-10-01 American Cyanamid Company Targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
US5079233A (en) 1987-01-30 1992-01-07 American Cyanamid Company N-acyl derivatives of the LL-E33288 antitumor antibiotics, composition and methods for using the same
WO1992000373A1 (en) 1990-06-29 1992-01-09 Biosource Genetics Corporation Melanin production by transformed microorganisms
WO1992009690A2 (en) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
US5122469A (en) 1990-10-03 1992-06-16 Genentech, Inc. Method for culturing Chinese hamster ovary cells to improve production of recombinant proteins
WO1993006213A1 (en) 1991-09-23 1993-04-01 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
WO1993011161A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Enzon, Inc. Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
WO1993016185A2 (en) 1992-02-06 1993-08-19 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Biosynthetic binding protein for cancer marker
WO1993021232A1 (en) 1992-04-10 1993-10-28 Research Development Foundation IMMUNOTOXINS DIRECTED AGAINST c-erbB-2 (HER-2/neu) RELATED SURFACE ANTIGENS
US5264365A (en) 1990-11-09 1993-11-23 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Protease-deficient bacterial strains for production of proteolytically sensitive polypeptides
WO1994004690A1 (en) 1992-08-17 1994-03-03 Genentech, Inc. Bispecific immunoadhesins
WO1994010202A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
WO1994011026A2 (en) 1992-11-13 1994-05-26 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human b lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of b cell lymphoma
US5362852A (en) 1991-09-27 1994-11-08 Pfizer Inc. Modified peptide derivatives conjugated at 2-hydroxyethylamine moieties
WO1994029351A2 (en) 1993-06-16 1994-12-22 Celltech Limited Antibodies
US5428130A (en) 1989-02-23 1995-06-27 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
WO1996007754A1 (en) 1994-09-02 1996-03-14 The Scripps Research Institute Methods for producing antibody libraries using universal or randomized immunoglobulin light chains
US5500362A (en) 1987-01-08 1996-03-19 Xoma Corporation Chimeric antibody with specificity to human B cell surface antigen
US5508192A (en) 1990-11-09 1996-04-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bacterial host strains for producing proteolytically sensitive polypeptides
US5545807A (en) 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
EP0425235B1 (en) 1989-10-25 1996-09-25 Immunogen Inc Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
WO1996030046A1 (en) 1995-03-30 1996-10-03 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US5569825A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-10-29 Genpharm International Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
WO1996033735A1 (en) 1995-04-27 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO1996034096A1 (en) 1995-04-28 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5571894A (en) 1991-02-05 1996-11-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Recombinant antibodies specific for a growth factor receptor
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5587458A (en) 1991-10-07 1996-12-24 Aronex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-erbB-2 antibodies, combinations thereof, and therapeutic and diagnostic uses thereof
US5591669A (en) 1988-12-05 1997-01-07 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic mice depleted in a mature lymphocytic cell-type
US5606040A (en) 1987-10-30 1997-02-25 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor and antibacterial substituted disulfide derivatives prepared from compounds possessing a methyl-trithio group
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5624821A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-04-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated Antibodies with altered effector functions
WO1997017852A1 (en) 1995-11-15 1997-05-22 Hoechst Schering Agrevo Gmbh Synergetic herbicidal mixtures
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5635483A (en) 1992-12-03 1997-06-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tumor inhibiting tetrapeptide bearing modified phenethyl amides
US5639635A (en) 1994-11-03 1997-06-17 Genentech, Inc. Process for bacterial production of polypeptides
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
US5648237A (en) 1991-09-19 1997-07-15 Genentech, Inc. Expression of functional antibody fragments
WO1997030087A1 (en) 1996-02-16 1997-08-21 Glaxo Group Limited Preparation of glycosylated antibodies
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5663149A (en) 1994-12-13 1997-09-02 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Human cancer inhibitory pentapeptide heterocyclic and halophenyl amides
US5712374A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-01-27 American Cyanamid Company Method for the preparation of substantiallly monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
US5714586A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-02-03 American Cyanamid Company Methods for the preparation of monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
US5739116A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-04-14 American Cyanamid Company Enediyne derivatives useful for the synthesis of conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents
WO1998024893A2 (en) 1996-12-03 1998-06-11 Abgenix, Inc. TRANSGENIC MAMMALS HAVING HUMAN IG LOCI INCLUDING PLURAL VH AND Vλ REGIONS AND ANTIBODIES PRODUCED THEREFROM
US5770701A (en) 1987-10-30 1998-06-23 American Cyanamid Company Process for preparing targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
US5780588A (en) 1993-01-26 1998-07-14 Arizona Board Of Regents Elucidation and synthesis of selected pentapeptides
US5821337A (en) 1991-06-14 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants
WO1998045332A2 (en) 1997-04-07 1998-10-15 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for forming humanized antibodies
WO1998058964A1 (en) 1997-06-24 1998-12-30 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for galactosylated glycoproteins
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
WO1999022764A1 (en) 1997-10-31 1999-05-14 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising glycoprotein glycoforms
WO1999051642A1 (en) 1998-04-02 1999-10-14 Genentech, Inc. Antibody variants and fragments thereof
US6027888A (en) 1996-04-05 2000-02-22 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for producing soluble, biologically-active disulfide-bond containing eukaryotic proteins in bacterial cells
US6083715A (en) 1997-06-09 2000-07-04 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for producing heterologous disulfide bond-containing polypeptides in bacterial cells
WO2000042072A2 (en) 1999-01-15 2000-07-20 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
WO2000061739A1 (en) 1999-04-09 2000-10-19 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
US6194551B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-02-27 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants
WO2001029246A1 (en) 1999-10-19 2001-04-26 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing polypeptide
US20020164328A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2002-11-07 Toyohide Shinkawa Process for purifying antibody
WO2002088172A2 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
WO2003011878A2 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-13 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
US20030055006A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2003-03-20 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Combinations and compositions which interfere with VEGF/VEGF and angiopoietin/tie receptor function and their use
US20030082575A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2003-05-01 The Scripps Research Institute In vivo incorporation of unnatural amino acids
US20030115614A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2003-06-19 Yutaka Kanda Antibody composition-producing cell
US6582959B2 (en) 1991-03-29 2003-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies to vascular endothelial cell growth factor
US6602684B1 (en) 1998-04-20 2003-08-05 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
US20030157108A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
US20030190317A1 (en) 1997-04-07 2003-10-09 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
WO2003084570A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. DRUG CONTAINING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION APPROPRIATE FOR PATIENT SUFFERING FROM FcϜRIIIa POLYMORPHISM
WO2003085119A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. METHOD OF ENHANCING ACTIVITY OF ANTIBODY COMPOSITION OF BINDING TO FcϜ RECEPTOR IIIa
US20030206899A1 (en) 1991-03-29 2003-11-06 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
EP1391213A1 (en) 2002-08-21 2004-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Compositions and methods for treating cancer using maytansinoid CD44 antibody immunoconjugates and chemotherapeutic agents
US6703020B1 (en) 1999-04-28 2004-03-09 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Antibody conjugate methods for selectively inhibiting VEGF
US20040093621A1 (en) 2001-12-25 2004-05-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20
US6737056B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
US20040110282A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells in which activity of the protein involved in transportation of GDP-fucose is reduced or lost
US20040109865A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Antibody composition-containing medicament
US20040110704A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells of which genome is modified
US20040132140A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-07-08 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Production process for antibody composition
WO2004056312A2 (en) 2002-12-16 2004-07-08 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
WO2004113304A1 (en) 2003-05-22 2004-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Indazole, benzisoxazole, and benzisothiazole kinase inhibitors
US20050014934A1 (en) 2002-10-15 2005-01-20 Hinton Paul R. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
WO2005012359A2 (en) 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
WO2005035778A1 (en) 2003-10-09 2005-04-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION BY USING RNA INHIBITING THE FUNCTION OF α1,6-FUCOSYLTRANSFERASE
WO2005035586A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2005-04-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Fused protein composition
US6884879B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2005-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
WO2005044853A2 (en) 2003-11-01 2005-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
US20050112126A1 (en) 1997-04-07 2005-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US20050123546A1 (en) 2003-11-05 2005-06-09 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Antigen binding molecules with increased Fc receptor binding affinity and effector function
WO2005053742A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-06-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Medicine containing antibody composition
US20050186208A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-08-25 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
WO2008030611A2 (en) * 2006-09-05 2008-03-13 Medarex, Inc. Antibodies to bone morphogenic proteins and receptors therefor and methods for their use
US20090017019A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2009-01-15 Wyeth Methods and compositions for modulating bmp-10 activity
US20090226465A1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2009-09-10 Jackson David Y Macrocyclic depsipeptide antibody-drug conjugates and methods
US20090226441A1 (en) * 2007-11-09 2009-09-10 Minhong Yan Activin receptor-like kinase-1 compositions and methods of use

Patent Citations (179)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DD266710A3
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
US3896111A (en) 1973-02-20 1975-07-22 Research Corp Ansa macrolides
US4179337A (en) 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
US4151042A (en) 1977-03-31 1979-04-24 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method for producing maytansinol and its derivatives
US4137230A (en) 1977-11-14 1979-01-30 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method for the production of maytansinoids
USRE30985E (en) 1978-01-01 1982-06-29 Serum-free cell culture media
EP0003089A1 (en) 1978-01-06 1979-07-25 Bernard David Drier for silkscreen printed sheets
US4307016A (en) 1978-03-24 1981-12-22 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Demethyl maytansinoids
US4265814A (en) 1978-03-24 1981-05-05 Takeda Chemical Industries Matansinol 3-n-hexadecanoate
US4361650A (en) 1978-03-24 1982-11-30 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Fermentation process of preparing demethyl maytansinoids
US4248870A (en) 1978-10-27 1981-02-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids and use
US4260608A (en) 1978-11-14 1981-04-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and methods of use thereof
US4256746A (en) 1978-11-14 1981-03-17 Takeda Chemical Industries Dechloromaytansinoids, their pharmaceutical compositions and method of use
US4294757A (en) 1979-01-31 1981-10-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd 20-O-Acylmaytansinoids
US4322348A (en) 1979-06-05 1982-03-30 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4317821A (en) 1979-06-08 1982-03-02 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, their use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US4308268A (en) 1979-06-11 1981-12-29 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and method of use thereof
US4308269A (en) 1979-06-11 1981-12-29 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and method of use thereof
US4301144A (en) 1979-07-11 1981-11-17 Ajinomoto Company, Incorporated Blood substitute containing modified hemoglobin
US4309428A (en) 1979-07-30 1982-01-05 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4331598A (en) 1979-09-19 1982-05-25 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4364866A (en) 1979-09-21 1982-12-21 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoids
US4362663A (en) 1979-09-21 1982-12-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Maytansinoid compound
US4399216A (en) 1980-02-25 1983-08-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
EP0036776A2 (en) 1980-03-24 1981-09-30 Genentech, Inc. A method of creating an expression plasmid
US4371533A (en) 1980-10-08 1983-02-01 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 4,5-Deoxymaytansinoids, their use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US4450254A (en) 1980-11-03 1984-05-22 Standard Oil Company Impact improvement of high nitrile resins
US4419446A (en) 1980-12-31 1983-12-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Recombinant DNA process utilizing a papilloma virus DNA as a vector
US4313946A (en) 1981-01-27 1982-02-02 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Chemotherapeutically active maytansinoids from Trewia nudiflora
US4315929A (en) 1981-01-27 1982-02-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Method of controlling the European corn borer with trewiasine
US4424219A (en) 1981-05-20 1984-01-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 9-Thiomaytansinoids and their pharmaceutical compositions and use
EP0073657A1 (en) 1981-08-31 1983-03-09 Genentech, Inc. Preparation of hepatitis B surface antigen in yeast
US4640835A (en) 1981-10-30 1987-02-03 Nippon Chemiphar Company, Ltd. Plasminogen activator derivatives
US4943529A (en) 1982-05-19 1990-07-24 Gist-Brocades Nv Kluyveromyces as a host strain
US4601978A (en) 1982-11-24 1986-07-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Mammalian metallothionein promoter system
US4560655A (en) 1982-12-16 1985-12-24 Immunex Corporation Serum-free cell culture medium and process for making same
US4657866A (en) 1982-12-21 1987-04-14 Sudhir Kumar Serum-free, synthetic, completely chemically defined tissue culture media
EP0117058A2 (en) 1983-01-19 1984-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods for producing mature protein in vertebrate host cells
EP0117060A2 (en) 1983-01-19 1984-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods of screening and amplification in eukaryotic host cells, and nucleotide sequences and expression vectors for use therein
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
EP0139383A1 (en) 1983-08-16 1985-05-02 Zymogenetics, Inc. Method for expressing foreign genes in schizosaccharomyces pombe and the use in therapeutic formulations of the products, DNA constructs and transformant strains of schizosaccharomyces pombe usable in such method and their preparation
US4767704A (en) 1983-10-07 1988-08-30 Columbia University In The City Of New York Protein-free culture medium
US4496689A (en) 1983-12-27 1985-01-29 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Covalently attached complex of alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor with a water soluble polymer
US4965199A (en) 1984-04-20 1990-10-23 Genentech, Inc. Preparation of functional human factor VIII in mammalian cells using methotrexate based selection
EP0183070A2 (en) 1984-10-30 1986-06-04 Phillips Petroleum Company Transformation of yeasts of the genus pichia
US4670417A (en) 1985-06-19 1987-06-02 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Hemoglobin combined with a poly(alkylene oxide)
WO1987000195A1 (en) 1985-06-28 1987-01-15 Celltech Limited Animal cell culture
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US4970198A (en) 1985-10-17 1990-11-13 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor antibiotics (LL-E33288 complex)
WO1987005330A1 (en) 1986-03-07 1987-09-11 Michel Louis Eugene Bergh Method for enhancing glycoprotein stability
US4927762A (en) 1986-04-01 1990-05-22 Cell Enterprises, Inc. Cell culture medium with antioxidant
EP0244234A2 (en) 1986-04-30 1987-11-04 Alko Group Ltd. Transformation of trichoderma
US4791192A (en) 1986-06-26 1988-12-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified protein with polyethyleneglycol
US5500362A (en) 1987-01-08 1996-03-19 Xoma Corporation Chimeric antibody with specificity to human B cell surface antigen
US5079233A (en) 1987-01-30 1992-01-07 American Cyanamid Company N-acyl derivatives of the LL-E33288 antitumor antibiotics, composition and methods for using the same
US4946783A (en) 1987-01-30 1990-08-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Periplasmic protease mutants of Escherichia coli
US5648260A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-07-15 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated DNA encoding antibodies with altered effector functions
US5624821A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-04-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated Antibodies with altered effector functions
US5010182A (en) 1987-07-28 1991-04-23 Chiron Corporation DNA constructs containing a Kluyveromyces alpha factor leader sequence for directing secretion of heterologous polypeptides
GB2211504A (en) 1987-10-23 1989-07-05 Nat Res Dev Fowlpox virus promoters
US5770710A (en) 1987-10-30 1998-06-23 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor and antibacterial substituted disulfide derivatives prepared from compounds possessing a methlytrithio group
US5770701A (en) 1987-10-30 1998-06-23 American Cyanamid Company Process for preparing targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
US5606040A (en) 1987-10-30 1997-02-25 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor and antibacterial substituted disulfide derivatives prepared from compounds possessing a methyl-trithio group
WO1989005859A1 (en) 1987-12-21 1989-06-29 The Upjohn Company Agrobacterium mediated transformation of germinating plant seeds
US4975278A (en) 1988-02-26 1990-12-04 Bristol-Myers Company Antibody-enzyme conjugates in combination with prodrugs for the delivery of cytotoxic agents to tumor cells
EP0362179A2 (en) 1988-08-25 1990-04-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Recombinant saccharomyces
US5053394A (en) 1988-09-21 1991-10-01 American Cyanamid Company Targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
WO1990003430A1 (en) 1988-09-23 1990-04-05 Cetus Corporation Cell culture medium for enhanced cell growth, culture longevity and product expression
US5545807A (en) 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5591669A (en) 1988-12-05 1997-01-07 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic mice depleted in a mature lymphocytic cell-type
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5693762A (en) 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
US5428130A (en) 1989-02-23 1995-06-27 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
EP0394538A1 (en) 1989-04-28 1990-10-31 Rhein Biotech Gesellschaft Fur Neue Biotechnologische Prozesse Und Produkte Mbh A yeast cell of the genus schwanniomyces
WO1990013646A1 (en) 1989-04-28 1990-11-15 Transgene S.A. Application of novel dna fragments as a coding sequence for a signal peptide for the secretion of mature proteins by recombinant yeast, expression cassettes, transformed yeasts and corresponding process for the preparation of proteins
EP0402226A1 (en) 1989-06-06 1990-12-12 Institut National De La Recherche Agronomique Transformation vectors for yeast yarrowia
EP0404097A2 (en) 1989-06-22 1990-12-27 BEHRINGWERKE Aktiengesellschaft Bispecific and oligospecific, mono- and oligovalent receptors, production and applications thereof
WO1991000360A1 (en) 1989-06-29 1991-01-10 Medarex, Inc. Bispecific reagents for aids therapy
WO1991000357A1 (en) 1989-06-30 1991-01-10 Cayla New strain with filamentous fungi mutants, process for the production of recombinant proteins using said strain, and strains and proteins produced by said process
US5416064A (en) 1989-10-25 1995-05-16 Immunogen, Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
EP0425235B1 (en) 1989-10-25 1996-09-25 Immunogen Inc Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
WO1991008298A2 (en) 1989-11-22 1991-06-13 Genentech, Inc. Fusion proteins consisting of a ligand binding protein and a stable plasma protein
WO1991010741A1 (en) 1990-01-12 1991-07-25 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
WO1992000373A1 (en) 1990-06-29 1992-01-09 Biosource Genetics Corporation Melanin production by transformed microorganisms
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5569825A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-10-29 Genpharm International Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5122469A (en) 1990-10-03 1992-06-16 Genentech, Inc. Method for culturing Chinese hamster ovary cells to improve production of recombinant proteins
US5508192A (en) 1990-11-09 1996-04-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bacterial host strains for producing proteolytically sensitive polypeptides
US5264365A (en) 1990-11-09 1993-11-23 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Protease-deficient bacterial strains for production of proteolytically sensitive polypeptides
WO1992009690A2 (en) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
US5571894A (en) 1991-02-05 1996-11-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Recombinant antibodies specific for a growth factor receptor
US20030206899A1 (en) 1991-03-29 2003-11-06 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US20030203409A1 (en) 1991-03-29 2003-10-30 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies to vascular endothelial cell growth factor
US6582959B2 (en) 1991-03-29 2003-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies to vascular endothelial cell growth factor
US5821337A (en) 1991-06-14 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants
US5648237A (en) 1991-09-19 1997-07-15 Genentech, Inc. Expression of functional antibody fragments
WO1993006213A1 (en) 1991-09-23 1993-04-01 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5362852A (en) 1991-09-27 1994-11-08 Pfizer Inc. Modified peptide derivatives conjugated at 2-hydroxyethylamine moieties
US5587458A (en) 1991-10-07 1996-12-24 Aronex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-erbB-2 antibodies, combinations thereof, and therapeutic and diagnostic uses thereof
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
WO1993011161A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Enzon, Inc. Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
WO1993016185A2 (en) 1992-02-06 1993-08-19 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Biosynthetic binding protein for cancer marker
WO1993021232A1 (en) 1992-04-10 1993-10-28 Research Development Foundation IMMUNOTOXINS DIRECTED AGAINST c-erbB-2 (HER-2/neu) RELATED SURFACE ANTIGENS
WO1994004690A1 (en) 1992-08-17 1994-03-03 Genentech, Inc. Bispecific immunoadhesins
WO1994010202A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
EP0666868B1 (en) 1992-10-28 2002-04-03 Genentech, Inc. Use of anti-VEGF antibodies for the treatment of cancer
WO1994011026A2 (en) 1992-11-13 1994-05-26 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human b lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of b cell lymphoma
US5635483A (en) 1992-12-03 1997-06-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tumor inhibiting tetrapeptide bearing modified phenethyl amides
US5780588A (en) 1993-01-26 1998-07-14 Arizona Board Of Regents Elucidation and synthesis of selected pentapeptides
WO1994029351A2 (en) 1993-06-16 1994-12-22 Celltech Limited Antibodies
US5739116A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-04-14 American Cyanamid Company Enediyne derivatives useful for the synthesis of conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents
US5877296A (en) 1994-06-03 1999-03-02 American Cyanamid Company Process for preparing conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents
US5767285A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-06-16 American Cyanamid Company Linkers useful for the synthesis of conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents
US5773001A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-06-30 American Cyanamid Company Conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents and intermediates for their synthesis
WO1996007754A1 (en) 1994-09-02 1996-03-14 The Scripps Research Institute Methods for producing antibody libraries using universal or randomized immunoglobulin light chains
US5639635A (en) 1994-11-03 1997-06-17 Genentech, Inc. Process for bacterial production of polypeptides
US5663149A (en) 1994-12-13 1997-09-02 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Human cancer inhibitory pentapeptide heterocyclic and halophenyl amides
WO1996030046A1 (en) 1995-03-30 1996-10-03 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
WO1996033735A1 (en) 1995-04-27 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO1996034096A1 (en) 1995-04-28 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5712374A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-01-27 American Cyanamid Company Method for the preparation of substantiallly monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
US5714586A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-02-03 American Cyanamid Company Methods for the preparation of monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
WO1997017852A1 (en) 1995-11-15 1997-05-22 Hoechst Schering Agrevo Gmbh Synergetic herbicidal mixtures
WO1997030087A1 (en) 1996-02-16 1997-08-21 Glaxo Group Limited Preparation of glycosylated antibodies
US6027888A (en) 1996-04-05 2000-02-22 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for producing soluble, biologically-active disulfide-bond containing eukaryotic proteins in bacterial cells
WO1998024893A2 (en) 1996-12-03 1998-06-11 Abgenix, Inc. TRANSGENIC MAMMALS HAVING HUMAN IG LOCI INCLUDING PLURAL VH AND Vλ REGIONS AND ANTIBODIES PRODUCED THEREFROM
US20050112126A1 (en) 1997-04-07 2005-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US20030190317A1 (en) 1997-04-07 2003-10-09 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
WO1998045332A2 (en) 1997-04-07 1998-10-15 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for forming humanized antibodies
US6884879B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2005-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US6083715A (en) 1997-06-09 2000-07-04 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for producing heterologous disulfide bond-containing polypeptides in bacterial cells
WO1998058964A1 (en) 1997-06-24 1998-12-30 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for galactosylated glycoproteins
WO1999022764A1 (en) 1997-10-31 1999-05-14 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising glycoprotein glycoforms
WO1999051642A1 (en) 1998-04-02 1999-10-14 Genentech, Inc. Antibody variants and fragments thereof
US6194551B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-02-27 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants
US6602684B1 (en) 1998-04-20 2003-08-05 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
WO2000042072A2 (en) 1999-01-15 2000-07-20 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
US6737056B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
WO2000061739A1 (en) 1999-04-09 2000-10-19 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
US6703020B1 (en) 1999-04-28 2004-03-09 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Antibody conjugate methods for selectively inhibiting VEGF
WO2001029246A1 (en) 1999-10-19 2001-04-26 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing polypeptide
US20030055006A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2003-03-20 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Combinations and compositions which interfere with VEGF/VEGF and angiopoietin/tie receptor function and their use
US20030115614A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2003-06-19 Yutaka Kanda Antibody composition-producing cell
US20020164328A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2002-11-07 Toyohide Shinkawa Process for purifying antibody
US20030082575A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2003-05-01 The Scripps Research Institute In vivo incorporation of unnatural amino acids
US20030108885A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2003-06-12 The Scripps Research Institute Methods and compositions for the production of orthogonal tRNA-aminoacyltRNA synthetase pairs
WO2002088172A2 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
WO2003011878A2 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-13 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
US20030157108A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
US20040093621A1 (en) 2001-12-25 2004-05-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20
WO2003085119A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. METHOD OF ENHANCING ACTIVITY OF ANTIBODY COMPOSITION OF BINDING TO FcϜ RECEPTOR IIIa
US20040110282A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells in which activity of the protein involved in transportation of GDP-fucose is reduced or lost
US20040109865A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Antibody composition-containing medicament
US20040110704A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-06-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells of which genome is modified
US20040132140A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-07-08 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Production process for antibody composition
WO2003084570A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. DRUG CONTAINING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION APPROPRIATE FOR PATIENT SUFFERING FROM FcϜRIIIa POLYMORPHISM
EP1391213A1 (en) 2002-08-21 2004-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Compositions and methods for treating cancer using maytansinoid CD44 antibody immunoconjugates and chemotherapeutic agents
US20050014934A1 (en) 2002-10-15 2005-01-20 Hinton Paul R. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
WO2004056312A2 (en) 2002-12-16 2004-07-08 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
WO2004113304A1 (en) 2003-05-22 2004-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Indazole, benzisoxazole, and benzisothiazole kinase inhibitors
US20050186208A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2005-08-25 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
WO2005012359A2 (en) 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
WO2005035586A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2005-04-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Fused protein composition
WO2005035778A1 (en) 2003-10-09 2005-04-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION BY USING RNA INHIBITING THE FUNCTION OF α1,6-FUCOSYLTRANSFERASE
WO2005044853A2 (en) 2003-11-01 2005-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
US20050123546A1 (en) 2003-11-05 2005-06-09 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Antigen binding molecules with increased Fc receptor binding affinity and effector function
WO2005053742A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-06-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Medicine containing antibody composition
US20090226465A1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2009-09-10 Jackson David Y Macrocyclic depsipeptide antibody-drug conjugates and methods
WO2008030611A2 (en) * 2006-09-05 2008-03-13 Medarex, Inc. Antibodies to bone morphogenic proteins and receptors therefor and methods for their use
US20090017019A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2009-01-15 Wyeth Methods and compositions for modulating bmp-10 activity
US20090226441A1 (en) * 2007-11-09 2009-09-10 Minhong Yan Activin receptor-like kinase-1 compositions and methods of use

Non-Patent Citations (279)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Applications Handbook and Catalog.", 2003, pages: 467 - 498
"Mcthods in Enzymology", ACADEMIC PRESS, INC.
ABRAHMSEN ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 4, 1985, pages 3901
ACHCN, BR J CANCER, vol. 94, 2006, pages 1355 - 1360
ADAMS ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 19, 1980, pages 2711 - 2719
AGNEW, CHEM INTL. ED. ENGL., vol. 33, 1994, pages 183 - 186
AL-MASHIKHI; MAKAI, J. DAIRY SCI., vol. 71, 1988, pages 1756 - 1763
APLIN; WRISTON, CRC CRIT. REV. BIOCHEM., 1981, pages 259 - 306
ARIE ET AL., MOL. MICROBIOL., vol. 39, 2001, pages 199 - 210
ARUFFO ET AL., CELL, vol. 61, 1990, pages 1303 - 1313
ASHKENAZI ET AL., INTERN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 10, 1993, pages 219 - 227
ASHKENAZI, A. ET AL., PNAS USA, vol. 88, 1991, pages 10535 - 10539
AUSUBEL ET AL: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1993, JOHN WILEY & SONS
BACHMANN: "Cellular and Molecular Biology", vol. 2, 1987, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR MICROBIOLOGY
BALDWIN ET AL., LANCET, 1986, pages 603 - 05
BALLANCE ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 112, 1983, pages 284 - 289
BARBAS ET AL., PROC NAT. ACAD. SCI, vol. 91, 1994, pages 3809 - 3813
BARBAS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI USA, vol. 88, 1991, pages 7978 - 7982
BARBAS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 4457 - 4461
BARBAS, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 88, 1991, pages 7978 - 7982
BARNES ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 102, 1980, pages 255
BASS ET AL., PROTEINS, vol. 8, 1990, pages 309 - 314
BCACH; NURSE, NATURC, vol. 290, 1981, pages 140
BOCMCR, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 147, 1991, pages 86
BOTHMANN; PLUCKTHUN, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, 2000, pages 17100 - 17105
BRENNAN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 229, 1985, pages 81
BRODEUR ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications", 1987, MARCEL DCKKCR, INC., pages: 51 - 63
BRODEUR ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications", 1987, MARCEL DEKKER, INC., pages: 51 - 63
BRUGGEMANN ET AL., YEAR IN IMMUNO., vol. 7, 1993, pages 33
BRUGGERMANN ET AL., YEAR IN IMMUNOL., vol. 7, 1993, pages 33
C. ANTHONY, THE BIOCHEMISTRY OF METHYLOTROPHS, 1982, pages 269
CAPEL ET AL., IMMUNOMETHODS, vol. 4, 1994, pages 25 - 34
CAPON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 337, 1989, pages 525 - 531
CARLSSON ET AL., BIOCHEM. J., vol. 173, 1978, pages 723 - 737
CARMCLICT; JAIN, NATURE, vol. 407, 2000, pages 249 - 257
CARTER ET AL., BIO/TECHNOLOGY, vol. 10, 1992, pages 163 - 167
CARTER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 4285
CASE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 76, 1979, pages 5259 - 5263
CHANG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 275, 1978, pages 615
CHARI ET AL., CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 52, 1992, pages 127 - 131
CHATAL: "Monoclonal Antibodies in Immunoscintigraphy", 1989, CRC PRESS
CHEN ET AL., J BIO CHEM, vol. 274, 1999, pages 19601 - 19605
CHOTHIA ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 196, 1987, pages 901
CHOTHIA; LESK, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 196, 1987, pages 901 - 917
CLACKSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 352, 1991, pages 624 - 628
CLACKSON, NATURE, vol. 352, 1991, pages 624 - 628
CLYNES ET AL., PNAS, vol. 95, 1998, pages 652 - 656
CUNNINGHAM; WELLS, SCIENCE, vol. 244, 1989, pages 1081 - 1085
DAËRON, ANNU. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 15, 1997, pages 203 - 234
DE HAAS ET AL., J. LAB. CLIN. MED., vol. 126, 1995, pages 330 - 41
DEBOER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 80, 1983, pages 21 - 25
DICTSCH ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 162, 1993, pages 123
DOLBY ET AL., P.N.A.S. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 6027 - 6031
DORONINA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 21, no. 7, 2003, pages 778 - 784
DORONINA, NAT BIOTECHNOL, vol. 21, no. 7, 2003, pages 778 - 784
DRUGS OF THE FUTURE, vol. 25, no. 7, 2000, pages 686
DUNCAN; WINTER, NATURE, vol. 322, 1988, pages 738 - 40
E. SCHRODER; K. LUBKE: "The Peptides", vol. 1, 1965, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 76 - 136
EDGE ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 118, 1981, pages 131
ELLMAN ET AL., METH. ENZYM., vol. 202, 1991, pages 301 - 336
EMBLETON ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 20, 1992, pages 3831 - 3837
ENGELS ET AL., AGNEW. CHEM. INT. ED. ENGL., vol. 28, 1989, pages 716 - 734
EVAN ET AL., MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 5, no. 12, 1985, pages 3610 - 3616
F. M. AUSUBEL ET AL: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1987
FALKNER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 298, 1982, pages 286 - 288
FELLOUSE, PROC. NAT. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 101, no. 34, 2004, pages 12467 - 12472
FERRARA ET AL., NATURE REVIEWS:DRUG DISCOVERY, vol. 3, 2004, pages 391 - 400
FERRARA; ALITALO, NATURE MEDICINE, vol. 5, no. 12, 1999, pages 1359 - 1364
FIELD ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 8, 1988, pages 2159 - 2165
FISHWILD, NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 845 - 851
FLEER ET AL., BIO/TECHNOLOGY, vol. 9, 1991, pages 968 - 975
FOLKMAN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 267, 1992, pages 10931 - 10934
FOLKMAN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 339, 1989, pages 58
FOLKMAN, NAT MED, vol. 1, no. 1, 1995, pages 27 - 31
FRAKCR, BIOCHCM. BIOPHYS. RCS. COMMUN., vol. 80, 1978, pages 49 - 57
GARNER A.: "Pathobiology of Ocular Disease. A Dynamic Approach", 1994, MARCCL DCKKCR, article "Vascular diseases", pages: 1625 - 1710
GAZZANO-SANTORO ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 202, 1996, pages 163
GAZZANO-SANTORO, J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 202, 1996, pages 163
GENNARO ET AL: "Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. 20th Edition", 2000
GEOGHEGAN; STROH, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM., vol. 3, 1992, pages 138 - 146
GETHING ET AL., NATURE, vol. 293, 1981, pages 620 - 625
GODING: "Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice", 1986, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 59 - 103
GOEDDEL ET AL., NATURE, vol. 281, 1979, pages 544
GOEDDEL, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 8, 1980, pages 4057
GOLDSPIEL ET AL., CLINICAL PHARMACY, vol. 12, 1993, pages 488 - 505
GOUGH ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 19, 1980, pages 2702 - 2710
GRAHAM ET AL., J. GEN VIROL., vol. 36, 1977, pages 59
GRAHAM; VAN DER EB, VIROLOGY, vol. 52, 1978, pages 456 - 457
GRAM ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 3576 - 3580
GRIFFITHS ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 12, 1993, pages 725 - 734
GRUBER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 152, 1994, pages 5368
GUPTA; MASSAGUE, CELL, vol. 127, 2006, pages 679 - 695
GUSS ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 5, 1986, pages 15671575
GUYER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 117, 1976, pages 587
HAKIMUDDIN ET AL., ARCH. BIOCHERN. BIOPHYS., vol. 259, 1987, pages 52
HAM ET AL., METH. ENZ., vol. 58, 1979, pages 44
HAMMERLING ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas", 1981, ELSEVIER, pages: 563 - 681
HANAHAN, D., SCIENCE, vol. 277, 1997, pages 48 - 50
HARA ET AL., MICROBIAL DRUG RESISTANCE, vol. 2, 1996, pages 63 - 72
HARLOW ET AL.: "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd Ed.", 1988, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
HARRIS, BIOCHEM. SOC. TRANSACTIONS, vol. 23, 1995, pages 1035 - 1038
HAWKINS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 226, 1992, pages 889 - 896
HESS ET AL., J. ADV. ENZYME REG., vol. 7, 1968, pages 149
HINMAN ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 53, 1993, pages 3336 - 3342
HINMAN ET AL., CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 53, 1993, pages 3336 - 3342
HITZEMAN, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 255, 1980, pages 2073
HOGAN, B. L.; KOLODZIEJ, P. A., NATURE REVIEWS GENETICS, vol. 3, 2002, pages 513 - 23
HOGREFE ET AL., GENE, vol. 128, 1993, pages 119 - 126
HOLLAND, BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 17, 1978, pages 4900
HOLLINGER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 6444 - 6448
HOOGENBOOM ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 4133 - 4137
HOOGENBOOM; WINTER, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 381 - 388
HORAK ET AL., LANCET, vol. 340, 1992, pages 1120 - 1124
HOUCK ET AL., MOL. ENDOCRIN., vol. 5, 1991, pages 1806
HSIAO, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 76, 1979, pages 3829
HURLE; GROSS, CURR. OP. BIOTECH., vol. 5, 1994, pages 428 - 433
HUTCHCNS; PORATH, ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 159, 1986, pages 217 - 226
IDUSOGIE ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 164, 2000, pages 4178 - 4184
JACKSON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 154, no. 7, 1995, pages 3310 - 9
JAKOBOVITS ET AL., NATURE, vol. 362, 1993, pages 255
JAKOBOVITS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 2551
JAKOBOVITS, NATURE, vol. 362, 1993, pages 255 - 258
JAKOBOVITS, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 2551
JONCS, GENETICS, vol. 85, 1977, pages 12
JONES ET AL., BIOTECHNOL., vol. 9, 1991, pages 88 - 89
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 - 525
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", vol. 1-3, 1991, NTH PUBLICATION 91-3242
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest. 5th Ed.", 1991, NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
KELLY; HYNES, EMBO J., vol. 4, 1985, pages 475 - 479
KEOWN ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 185, 1990, pages 527 - 537
KIM ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 249
KINGSMAN ET AL., GENE, vol. 7, 1979, pages 141
KLAGSBRUN ET AL., ANNU. REV. PHYSIOL., vol. 53, 1991, pages 217 - 239
KLAGSBRUN; D'AMORE, ANNU. REV. PHYSIOL., vol. 53, 1991, pages 217 - 39
KOHLER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495
KOSTELNY ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 148, no. 5, 1992, pages 1547 - 1553
KOZBOR, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 133, 1984, pages 3001
KRIEGLER: "Gene Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual", 1990, STOCKTON PRESS
LCC, J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 284, no. 1-2, 2004, pages 119 - 132
LEE ET AL., I.MOL.BIOL., vol. 340, no. 5, 2004, pages 1073 - 1093
LEUNG ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 246, 1989, pages 1306
LEUNG ET AL., TECHNIQUE, vol. 1, 1989, pages 11 - 15
LINDMARK ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. MCTH., vol. 62, 1983, pages 1 - 13
LINDMARK ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METH., vol. 62, 1983, pages 1 - 13
LIU ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 93, 1996, pages 8618 - 8623
LODE ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 58, 1998, pages 2928
LODE ET AL., CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 58, 1998, pages 2925 - 2928
LONBERG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 368, 1994, pages 856 - 859
LONBERG; HUSZAR, INTERN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 13, 1995, pages 65 - 93
LOUVENCOURT ET AL., J. BACTERIOL., vol. 154, no. 2, 1983, pages 737 - 1742
LOVELL ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 342, 2000, pages 763 - 169
LUBARSKY, B.; KRASNOW, M. A., CELL, vol. 112, 2003, pages 19 - 28
M. BUTLCR: "Mammalian Cell Biotcchnology: a Practical Approach", 1991, IRL PRESS
M. BUTLER: "Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach", 1991, 1RL PRESS
M. J. GAIT: "Oligonucleotide Synthesis", 1984
M.C. PERRY,: "Chemotherapy Service", 1992, WILLIAMS & WILKINS
MACCHIARINI ET AL., LANCET, vol. 340, 1992, pages 145 - 146
MAINI; TAYLOR, ANNU. REV. MED., vol. 51, 2000, pages 207 - 229
MANDLER ET AL., BIOCONJUGATE CHEM., vol. 13, 2002, pages 786 - 791
MANDLER ET AL., BIOORGANIC & MED. CHEM. LETTERS, vol. 10, 2000, pages 1025 - 1028
MANDLER ET AL., JOUR. OF THE NAT. CANCER INST., vol. 92, no. 19, 2000, pages 1573 - 1581
MANSOUR ET AL., NATURE, vol. 336, 1988, pages 348 - 352
MANTEI ET AL., NATURE, vol. 281, 1979, pages 40 - 46
MARCH: "Advanced Organic Chemistry Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure. 4th Ed.", 1992, JOHN WILEY & SONS
MARKS ET AL., BIO/TECHNOLOGY, vol. 10, 1992, pages 779 - 783
MARKS ET AL., BIOTECHNOL., vol. 10, 1992, pages 779 - 783
MARKS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 581 - 597
MARKS, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 581 - 597
MARTIN ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 67, 1993, pages 3561 - 3568
MATHCR, BIOL. PEERED., vol. 23, 1980, pages 243 - 251
MATHER ET AL., ANNALS N.Y. ACAD. SCI., vol. 383, 1982, pages 44 - 68
MATHER, BIOL. REPROD., vol. 23, 1980, pages 243 - 251
MATSUDA ET AL., NATURE GENET., vol. 3, 1993, pages 88 - 94
MAY, TIBTECH, vol. 11, 1993, pages 155 - 215
MERRIFIELD, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 85, 1963, pages 2149 - 2154
METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 44, 1976
MILSTEIN; CUELLO, NATURE, vol. 305, 1983, pages 537
MORGAN; ANDCRSON, ANN. RCV. BIOCHCM., vol. 62, 1993, pages 191 - 217
MORIMOTO ET AL., JOURNAL OF BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL METHODS, vol. 24, 1992, pages 107 - 117
MORRISON ET AL., ANN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 2, 1984, pages 239 - 256
MORRISON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 6851 - 6855
MORRISON, NATURE, vol. 368, 1994, pages 812 - 813
MULLIGAN, SCIENCE, vol. 260, 1993, pages 926 - 932
MULLIS ET AL: "PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", 1994
MUNSON ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 107, 1980, pages 220
MURAKAMI ET AL.: "The Molecular Basis of Cancer", 1995, WB SAUNDERS, article "Cell cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugs", pages: 13
NATHANSON, CANCER, vol. 98, 2003, pages 413 - 423
NEUBERGER, NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 826
NICULESCU-DUVAZ; SPRINGER, ADV. DRG DEL. REV., vol. 26, 1997, pages 151 - 172
NIESSEN KYLE ET AL: "ALK1 signaling regulates early postnatal lymphatic vessel development", BLOOD 25 FEB 2010 LNKD- PUBMED:19903896,, vol. 115, no. 8, 25 February 2010 (2010-02-25), pages 1654 - 1661, XP002615763 *
NOREN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 244, 1989, pages 182
OKAZAKI, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 336, 2004, pages 1239 - 1249
ORLANDI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 86, 1989, pages 3833 - 3837
ORUM ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 21, 1993, pages 4491 - 4498
OSLO, A: "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 16th Ed.", 1980
PABORSKY ET AL., PROTEIN ENGINEERING, vol. 3, no. 6, 1990, pages 547 - 553
PETTIT ET AL., ANTI-CANCER DRUG DESIGN, vol. 13, 1998, pages 243 - 277
PETTIT ET AL., ANTIMICROB. AGENTS CHEMOTHER., vol. 42, 1998, pages 2961 - 2965
PETTIT ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 111, 1989, pages 5463 - 5465
PETTIT ET AL., J. CHEM. SOC. PERKIN TRANS., vol. 1, no. 5, 1996, pages 859 - 863
PETTIT, G.R. ET AL., SYNTHESIS, 1996, pages 719 - 725
PLUCKTHUN, IMMUNOL. RCVS, vol. 130, 1992, pages 151
PLUCKTHUN: "The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies", vol. 113, 1994, SPRINGER-VERLAG, pages: 269 - 315
POPKOV ET AL., JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGICAL METHODS, vol. 288, 2004, pages 149 - 164
POPKOV ET AL., JOURNAL OF LMMUNOLOGICAL METHODS, vol. 288, 2004, pages 149 - 164
PRESTA ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 57, 1997, pages 4593 - 4599
PRESTA ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 151, 1993, pages 2623
PRESTA, CURR. OP. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 2, 1992, pages 593 - 596
PROBA; PLUCKTHUN, GENE, vol. 159, 1995, pages 203
R. I. FRCSHNCY: "Animal Cell Culture", 1987
RAMM; PLUCKTHUN, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, 2000, pages 17106 - 17113
RAVETCH; KINET, ANNU. REV. IMMUNOL, vol. 9, 1991, pages 457 - 92
RICE ET AL., P.N.A.S USA, vol. 79, 1982, pages 7862 - 7865
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 - 327
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 - 329
RIPKA ET AL., ARCH. BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS., vol. 249, 1986, pages 533 - 545
ROBINSON; STRINGER, JOURNAL OF CELL SCIENCE, vol. 144, no. 5, 2001, pages 853 - 865
ROWLAND ET AL., CANCER IMMUNOL. IMMUNOTHER., vol. 21, 1986, pages 183 - 87
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd Ed.", 1989
SASTRY ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 86, 1989, pages 5728 - 5732
SATO, INT. J. CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 8, 2003, pages 200 - 206
SCHALL ET AL., CELL, vol. 61, 1990, pages 361 - 370
SCHIER ET AL., GENE, vol. 169, 1995, pages 147 - 155
SEED, NATURE, vol. 329, 1989, pages 840
SHALABY ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 175, 1992, pages 217 - 225
SHAW ET AL., GENE, vol. 23, 1983, pages 315
SHIELDS ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 9, no. 2, 2001, pages 6591 - 6604
SHIELDS, J. BIOL. CHCM., vol. 9, no. 2, 2001, pages 6591 - 6604
SIDHU ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 338, no. 2, 2004, pages 299 - 310
SIEBENLIST ET AL., CELL, vol. 20, 1980, pages 269
SIMMONS ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 263, 2002, pages 133 - 147
SIMS ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 151, 1993, pages 2296
SINGLETON ET AL.: "Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology. 2nd Ed.", 1994, J. WILEY & SONS
SKERRA ET AL., CURR. OPINION IN IMMUNOL., vol. 5, 1993, pages 256
SREEKRISHNA ET AL., J. BASIC MICROBIOL., vol. 28, 1998, pages 265 - 278
STCLLA ET AL.: "Directed Drug Delivery", 1985, HUMANA PRESS, article "Prodrugs: A Chemical Approach to Targeted Drug Delivery", pages: 247 - 267
STEWART ET AL.: "Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis", 1969, W.H. FREEMAN CO.
STINCHCOMB, NATURE, vol. 282, 1979, pages 39
STREIT; DETMAR, ONCOGENE, vol. 22, 2003, pages 3172 - 3179
SURESH ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 121, 1986, pages 210
SYRIGOS; EPENETOS, ANTICANCER RESEARCH, vol. 19, 1999, pages 605 - 614
T.E. CREIGHTON: "Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties", 1983, W.H. FREEMAN & CO., pages: 79 - 86
THORPE ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications", 1985, article "Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review", pages: 475 - 506
THOTAKURA ET AL., METH. ENZYMOL., vol. 138, 1987, pages 350
TILBURN ET AL., GENE, vol. 26, 1983, pages 205 - 221
TOLSTOSHEV, ANN. REV. PHARMACOL. TOXICOL., vol. 32, 1993, pages 573 - 596
TOMLINSON ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 776 - 798
TONINI ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 22, 2003, pages 6549 - 6556
TRAUNECKER ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 10, 1991, pages 3655
TSCHEMPER ET AL., GENE, vol. 10, 1980, pages 157
TUTT ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 147, 1991, pages 60
URLAUB ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4216
URLAUB, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4216
URLAUB; CHASIN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4216
VAN DEN BERG ET AL., BIO/TECHNOLOGY, vol. 8, 1990, pages 135
VAN SOLINGEN, J. BACT., vol. 130, 1977, pages 946
VASWANI; HAMILTON, ANN. ALLERGY, ASTHMA & IMMUNOL., vol. 1, 1998, pages 105 - 115
VERHOEYEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 - 1536
VITETTA ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 238, 1987, pages 1098
WARD ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, 1989, pages 544 - 546
WATERHOUSE ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 21, 1993, pages 2265 - 2266
WEIDNER ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED, vol. 324, 1991, pages 1 - 6
WEINBLATT ET AL., N. ENGL..L. MED., vol. 340, 1999, pages 253 - 259
WILLIAMS; WINTER, EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 23, 1993, pages 1456 - 1461
WILMAN: "Prodrugs in Cancer Chemotherapy", BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY TRANSACTIONS, vol. 14, 1986, pages 375 - 382
WINTER ET AL., ANN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 12, 1994, pages 433 - 455
WISCMAN, BLOOD, vol. 99, no. 12, 2002, pages 4336 - 42
WISEMAN ET AL., EUR. JOUR. NUCL. MED., vol. 27, no. 7, 2000, pages 766 - 77
WITZIG ET AL., J. CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 20, no. 15, 2002, pages 3262 - 69
WITZIG, J. CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 20, no. 10, 2002, pages 2453 - 63
WOYKC, ANTIMICROB. AGENTS AND CHEMOTHER., vol. 45, no. 12, 2001, pages 3580 - 3584
WU; WU, BIOTHERAPY, vol. 3, 1991, pages 87 - 95
YAMANE-OHNUKI ET AL., BIOTECH. BIOENG., vol. 87, 2004, pages 614
YANIV, NATURE, vol. 297, 1982, pages 17 - 18
YELTON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 155, 1995, pages 1994 - 2004
YELTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 1470 - 1474
ZAMECNIK ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 83, 1986, pages 4143 - 4146
ZETTMEISSL ET AL., DNA CELL BIOL., vol. 9, 1990, pages 347 - 353
ZOLLER; SMITH, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 10, 1982, pages 6487

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017176938A1 (en) * 2016-04-06 2017-10-12 Acceleron Pharma, Inc. Bmprii polypeptides and uses thereof

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20100098730A1 (en) Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
US20070248604A1 (en) Anti-fgf19 antibodies and methods using same
US20100158914A1 (en) Klotho beta
US20100080808A1 (en) Anti-notch2 antibodies and methods of use
US20090081238A1 (en) Anti-notch1 NRR antibodies and methods using same
US20080175847A1 (en) Anti-dll4 antibodies and methods using same
WO2007115045A2 (en) Diagnostics and treatments for tumors
US20090142343A1 (en) Anti-VEGF antibodies
WO2011014457A1 (en) Combination treatments
US20080014196A1 (en) Compositions and methods for modulating vascular development
WO2008091222A1 (en) Dll4 signaling inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2006014729A2 (en) Inhibitors of angiopoietin-like 4 protein, combinations, and their use
WO2010111367A1 (en) Anti-fgfr3 antibodies and methods using same
WO2009039337A2 (en) Inhibition of angiogenesis
WO2006083936A2 (en) Anti-ephb2 antibodies and methods using same
WO2007130697A2 (en) Anti-ephb4 antibodies and methods using same
WO2008121813A2 (en) Modulation of cytokine production
WO2007127506A2 (en) Anti-ephrinb2 antibodies and methods using same
US20140314749A1 (en) Compositions and methods for diagnosis and treatment of hepatic cancers
WO2007106915A2 (en) Antibodies to egfl7 and methods for their use
WO2007126439A2 (en) Compositions and methods for the treatment of diseases and disorders associated with cytokine signaling involving antibodies that bind to il-22 and il-22r
US20090226441A1 (en) Activin receptor-like kinase-1 compositions and methods of use
US20130064822A1 (en) Humanized anti-egfl7 antibodies and methods using same
WO2013119966A2 (en) Single-chain antibodies and other heteromultimers
US20120263717A1 (en) Humanized anti-fgf19 antagonists and methods using same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10773496

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE